DK164404B - 3-AMINO-2-OXO-AZETIDIN DERIVATIVES, ANALOGUE PROCEDURES FOR PREPARING THEREOF, AND MEDICINES CONTAINING THE DERIVATIVES - Google Patents

3-AMINO-2-OXO-AZETIDIN DERIVATIVES, ANALOGUE PROCEDURES FOR PREPARING THEREOF, AND MEDICINES CONTAINING THE DERIVATIVES Download PDF

Info

Publication number
DK164404B
DK164404B DK007584A DK7584A DK164404B DK 164404 B DK164404 B DK 164404B DK 007584 A DK007584 A DK 007584A DK 7584 A DK7584 A DK 7584A DK 164404 B DK164404 B DK 164404B
Authority
DK
Denmark
Prior art keywords
radical
amino
radicals
group
formula
Prior art date
Application number
DK007584A
Other languages
Danish (da)
Other versions
DK7584A (en
DK164404C (en
DK7584D0 (en
Inventor
Jean Georges Teutsch
Michel Klich
Jean-Francois Chantot
Original Assignee
Roussel Uclaf
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Roussel Uclaf filed Critical Roussel Uclaf
Publication of DK7584D0 publication Critical patent/DK7584D0/en
Publication of DK7584A publication Critical patent/DK7584A/en
Publication of DK164404B publication Critical patent/DK164404B/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of DK164404C publication Critical patent/DK164404C/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D257/00Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D257/02Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D257/04Five-membered rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04Antibacterial agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D205/00Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D205/02Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D205/06Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
    • C07D205/08Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with one oxygen atom directly attached in position 2, e.g. beta-lactams
    • C07D205/085Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with one oxygen atom directly attached in position 2, e.g. beta-lactams with a nitrogen atom directly attached in position 3
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D231/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
    • C07D231/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D231/10Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D231/14Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D231/16Halogen atoms or nitro radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D249/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D249/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D249/081,2,4-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,4-triazoles
    • C07D249/101,2,4-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,4-triazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D249/14Nitrogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D257/00Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D257/02Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D257/04Five-membered rings
    • C07D257/06Five-membered rings with nitrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/587Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with aliphatic hydrocarbon radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms, said aliphatic radicals being substituted in the alpha-position to the ring by a hetero atom, e.g. with m >= 0, Z being a singly or a doubly bound hetero atom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings

Abstract

1. Claims : For the contracting states : BE, SE, CH, DE, FR, GB, IT, LI, LU, NL Products of general formula (I) : see diagramm : EP0114128,P43,F6 in which R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl radical having at the most 12 carbon atoms, optionally substituted by one or more radicals chosen from carboxy radicals, optionally salified or esterified ; amino, methylamino, dimethylamino and diethylamino radicals ; the phenyl radical optionally substituted by one or more radicals chosen from the following radicals : hydroxy, methyl, methoxy, chloro, bromo, fluoro ; fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo radicals ; nitrile, CONH2 or CONH SO2 R" radicals in which R" represents an alkyl radical having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms ; a phenyl radical, an amino, methyl or dimethylamino radical ; a heterocyclic amino radical chosen from piperidino, morpholino piperazino or 4-ethyl-2,3-dioxo-1-piperazino radicals ; - a cycloalkyl radical having from 3 to 8 carbon atoms or a radical : see diagramm : EP0114128,P44,F1 salified or esterified, in which nc represents a whole number from 0 to 5, - one of the following radicals : acetyl, propionyl or benzoyl, carbamoyl, dimethylamino carbonyl, phenyl or benzyl optionally substituted by alkyl, alkoxy or halogen ; R1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl or thioalkyl radical having a the most 12 carbon atoms, optionally substituted by one or more radicals chosen from azido or alkylthio radicals having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a phenylthio radical, optionally salified or esterified carboxy radicals, amino, methylamino, dimethylamino or diethylamino radicals, the phenyl radical, optionally substituted by one or more radicals chosen from hydroxy, halogeno, trifluoromethyl, amino, alkyl or alkoxy radicals having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms ; fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo radicals, nitrile, CONH2 or CONH SO2 R" radicals in which R" represents an alkyl radical having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a phenyl radical, an amino, methyl or dimethylamino radical, a heterocyclic amino radical chosen from piperidino, morpholino, piperazino or 4-ethyl-2,3-dioxo-1-piperazino radicals ; a heterocyclic aryl radical chosen from the following radicals : thienyl, furyl, pyrannyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyridinyl or pyrimidinyl ; and the following radicals : acetoxy, propionyloxy, benzoyloxy, acetylamino, benzylcarbonyl, carbamoyloxy, methylaminocarbonyloxy or dimethylaminocarbonyloxy, acetyl, propionyl, and benzoyl, - a free, esterified or salified carboxy radical, - a phenyl radical optionally substituted by one of the following radicals : alkyl, trifluoromethyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, halogen, hydroxyl, amino or hydroxylakyl, a heterocyclic radical chosen from the following radicals : thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl optionally substituted by an alkyl, carboxy, carboxy alkyl, aminoalkyl or dialkylaminoalkyl radical, - an acetyl, propionyl, n-butyryl or benzoyl radical, optionally substituted by alkoxy or hydroxy, - a carbamoyl, methyl or dimethylcarbamoyl radical, - a azido radical. R2 represents a nitrogen-containing heterocycle optionally substituted by one or more of the radicals chosen from the group formed by the following radicals : nitro, carboxy, CF3 , nitrile, halogen, sulpho, alkylsulpho, (CH2 )n SO3 H, (CH2 )n NHSO3 H, (CH2 )n SO2 NH2 , (CH2 )n CO2 H, in which n represents a whole number from 1 to 4 and containing at least one acid hydrogen, X represents a CH radical or a nitrogen atom, the wavy lines indicate that the OR radical can exist in cis or trans form or in the form of a cis-trans mixture, the products of formula (I) being in racemic or optically active form, as well as the salts of the products of formula (I) withthe bases and acids. 1. Claims : For the contracting state AT Process for preparing the products of general formula (I) : see diagramm : EP0114128,P48,F3 in which R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl radical having at the most 12 carbon atoms, optionally substituted by one or more radicals chosen from carboxy radicals, optionally salified or esterified ; amino, methylamino, dimethylamino and diethylamino radicals ; the phenyl radical optionally substituted by one or more radicals chosen from the following radicals : hydroxy, methyl, methoxy, chloro, bromo, fluoro ; fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo radicals ; nitrile, CONH2 or CONH SO2 R" raidcals in which R" represents an alkyl radical having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms ; a phenyl radical ; an amino, methyl or dimethylamino radical ; a heterocyclic amino radical chosen from piperidino, morpholino piperazino or 4-ethyl-2,3-dioxo-1-piperazino radicals ; - a cycloalkyl radical having from 3 to 8 carbon atoms or a radical : see diagramm : EP0114128,P48,F1 salified or esterified, in which nc represents a whole number from 0 to 5, - one of the following radicals : acetyl, propionyl, or benzoyl, carbamoyl, dimethylamino carbonyl, phenyl or benzyl optionally substituted by alkyl, alkoxy or halogen ; R1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl or thioalkyl radical having at the most 12 carbon atoms, optionally substituted by one or more radicals chosen from azido or alkylthio radicals having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a phenylthio radical, optionally salified or esterified carboxy radicals, amino, methylamino, dimethylamino or diethylamino radicals, the phenyl radical, optionally substituted by one or more radicals chosen from hydroxy, halogeno, trifluoromethyl, amino, alkyl or alkoxy radicals having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms ; fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo radicals, nitrile, CONH2 or CONH SO2 R" which R" represents an alkyl radical having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a phenyl radical, an amino, methyl or dimethylamino radical, a heterocyclic amino radical chosen from piperidino, morpholino, piperazino or 4-ethyl-2,3-dioxo-1-piperazino radicals ; a heterocyclic aryl radical chosen from the following radicals : thienyl, furyl, pyrannyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyridinyl or pyrimidinyl ; and the following radicals : acetoxy, propionyloxy, benzoyloxy, acetylamino, benzylcarbonyl, carbamoyloxy, methylaminocarbonyloxy or dimethylaminocarbonyloxy, acetyl, propionyl, and benzoyl, - a free, esterified or salified carboxy radical, - a phenyl radical optionally substituted by one of the following radicals : alkyl, trifluoromethyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, halogen, hydroxyl, amino or hydroxyalkyl, a heterocyclic radical chosen from the following radicals : thienyl, furyl, pyrolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl optionally substituted by an alkyl, carboxy, carboxy alkyl, aminoalkyl or dialkylaminoalkyl radical, - an acetyl, propionyl, n-butyryl or benzoyl radical, optionally substituted by alkoxy or hydroxy, - a carbamoyl, methyl or dimethylcarbamoyl radical, - an azido radical. R2 represents a nitrogen-containing heterocycle optionally substituted by one or more of the radicals chosen from the group formed by the following radicals : nitro, carboxy, CF3 , nitrile, halogen, sulpho, alkylsulpho, (CH2 )n SO3 H, (CH2 )n NHSO3 H, (CH2 )n SO2 NH2 , (CH2 )n CO2 H, in which n represents a whole number from 1 to 4 and containing at least one acid hydrogen, X represents a CH radical or a nitrogen atom, the wavy lines indicate that the OR radical can exist in cis or trans form or in the form of a cis-trans mixture, the products of formula (I) being in racemic or optically active form, as well as the salts of the products of formula (I) with the acids and bases, characterized in that a product of formula (II) : see diagramm : EP0114128,P49,F1 cis or trans, racemic or optically active, in which formula either R1 p represents R1 , R1 having the previously indicated significance, or R1 p represents the substituent R1 in which the reactive functions are protected and either R2 p represents R2 , R2 having the previously indicated significance, or R2 p represents the substituent R2 in which the reactive functions are protected, is treated with a product of formula (III) : see diagramm : EP0114128,P49,F3 syn or anti, in which Rb represents a hydrogen atom or a protector group of the amino radical and Rp represents a protector group of the hydroxyl radical or Rp represents R, R having the significance indicated in claim 1, or Rp represents a radical R in which the reactive functions are protected, so as to obtain a product of formula (IV) : see diagramm : EP0114128,P49,F5 syn or anti, racemic or optically active, in which Rp, R1 p, R2 p and Rb have the previous significance, which product is submitted, if necessary and if desired, to any one of the following reactions, in any order : a) cleavage by hydrolysis, hydrogenolysis or by the action of the thiourea of the protector group or groups which can be represented by Rb and Rp or can be contained in Rp, R1 p and R2 p ; b) esterification or salification of the carboxy or sulpho radicals which can be contained in the radicals Rp, R1 p and R2 p ; c) salification by an acid of the amino radical or radicals ; d) resolution of the molecule so as to obtain an optically active product.

Description

- i -- i -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

Opfindelsen angår hidtil ukendte 3-amino-2-oxo-azet-idiner med en nitrogenholdig heterocyklisk ring i 1-stil-1ingen, en analogifremgangsmåde til deres fremstilling samt 5 lægemidler indeholdende 3-amino-2-oxo-azetidinerne. De nye forbindelser har en nyttig antibiotisk virkning.The invention relates to novel 3-amino-2-oxo-azetidines with a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring in the 1-position, an analogous process for their preparation, and 5 drugs containing the 3-amino-2-oxo-azetidines. The new compounds have a useful antibiotic effect.

Opfindelsen angår forbindelserne med den i krav l's kendetegnende del angivne almene formel (I1) samt salte af 10 forbindelserne med formel (I') med baser og syrer.The invention relates to the compounds of the general formula (I1) of the characterizing part of claim 1 as well as salts of the compounds of formula (I ') with bases and acids.

Blandt de heterocykliske grupper, som kan betegne, skal især nævnes de forskellige mulige isomere. Således kan R^ f.eks. betegne pyrrol-2-yl eller pyrrol-3-yl, pyrazol-3-yl eller pyrazol-4-yl, imidazol-2-yl eller imida-15 zol-4-yl, l,2,3-triazol-4-yl eller 1,2,4-triazol-3-yl.Among the heterocyclic groups which may signify, in particular, the various possible isomers are mentioned. Thus, R denote pyrrol-2-yl or pyrrol-3-yl, pyrazol-3-yl or pyrazol-4-yl, imidazol-2-yl or imidazol-4-yl, 1,2,3-triazol-4-yl. yl or 1,2,4-triazol-3-yl.

Blandt forbindelserne med formlen (I') ovenfor angår opfindelsen især forbindelserne med formlen (I1), hvor R' betegner hydrogen, methyl, phenyl, difluormethy1, 1-methyl--1-carboxyethyl, cyanmethyl, carboxymethyl eller (methyl-20 sulfonyl)-carbamoylmethyl, R'^ betegner hydrogen, methyl, fluormethyl, trifluor-methyl, ethoxycarbonyl eller carbamoyl, og R*2 betegner lH-tetrazol-5-yl eller 1,3,4-triazol-2--yl, som eventuelt er substitueret med trifluormethyl eller 25 carboxymethyl.Among the compounds of formula (I ') above, the invention relates in particular to the compounds of formula (I1) wherein R' represents hydrogen, methyl, phenyl, difluoromethyl, 1-methyl-1-carboxyethyl, cyanmethyl, carboxymethyl or (methylsulfonyl) represents hydrogen, methyl, fluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, ethoxycarbonyl or carbamoyl, and R * 2 represents 1H-tetrazol-5-yl or 1,3,4-triazol-2-yl, which is optionally substituted with trifluoromethyl or carboxymethyl.

Man foretrækker tetrazolyl og navnlig: 3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)-2-methoxyiminoacetyl)--amino)-4-methyl-l-(l-H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon, cis eller trans, syn-isomer, racemisk eller optisk aktiv, 30 - 3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)~2-carboxymethoxyimino- acetyl)-amino)-4-ethyl-l-(l-H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon, cis eller trans, syn-isomer, racemisk eller optisk aktiv, - 3-((2-(2-aminothiazol4-yl)-2-(l-carboxy-l-methyl)- -ethoxyiminoacetyl)-amino)4-methyl-l-(l-H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-35 -azetidinon, cis eller trans, syn-isomer, racemisk eller optisk aktiv, - 2 -Tetrazolyl and especially: 3 - ((2- (2-aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyiminoacetyl) amino) -4-methyl-1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone are preferred. , cis or trans, syn isomer, racemic or optically active, 30 - 3 - ((2- (2-aminothiazol-4-yl) ~ 2-carboxymethoxyiminoacetyl) amino) -4-ethyl-1- (1H -tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone, cis or trans, syn isomer, racemic or optically active, - 3 - ((2- (2-aminothiazol4-yl) -2- (1-carboxy-1-methyl) ) -ethoxyiminoacetyl) -amino) 4-methyl-1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-35 -azetidinone, cis or trans, syn-isomer, racemic or optically active, 2-

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

- 3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)-2-methoxyiminoacetyl)- -amino)-4-fluormethyl-1-(l-H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon, cis eller trans, syn-isomer, racemisk eller optisk aktiv, 3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)-2-fluormethoxyimino-5 acetyl)-amino)-4-methyl-l-(l-H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon, cis eller trans, syn-isomer, racemisk eller optisk aktiv.- 3 - ((2- (2-aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyiminoacetyl) -amino) -4-fluoromethyl-1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone, cis or trans, syn isomer, racemic or optically active, 3 - ((2- (2-aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-fluoromethoxyimino-acetyl) amino) -4-methyl-1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) ) -2-azetidinone, cis or trans, syn-isomer, racemic or optically active.

Opfindelsen angår ligeledes en analogifremgangsmåde til fremstilling af forbindelserne med den almene formel (I1), og denne fremgangsmåde er ejendommelig ved det i krav 10 4's kendetegnende del anførte.The invention also relates to an analogous process for the preparation of the compounds of general formula (I1), and this method is characterized by the characterizing part of claim 10 4.

I det tilfælde, hvor R^p omfatter hydroxyl eller amino, kan det være fordelagtigt at beskytte disse grupper ved hjælp af eliminerbare beskyttelsesgrupper.In the case where R 1 p comprises hydroxyl or amino, it may be advantageous to protect these groups by eliminable protecting groups.

Beskyttelsesgrupper for aminogruppen kan f.eks. være en 15 alkylgruppe, fortrinsvis tert.-butyl eller tert.-amyl, det kan ligeledes dreje sig om aliphatiske, aromatiske eller hetero-cycliske acylgrupper og carbamoyl.Protecting groups for the amino group can e.g. be an alkyl group, preferably tert-butyl or tert-amyl, it may also be aliphatic, aromatic or heterocyclic acyl groups and carbamoyl.

Man kan ligeledes nævne lavmolekylære alcanoylgrupper såsom f.eks. formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, valeryl, 20 isovaleryl, oxalyl, succinyl, pivaloyl. R^p kan ligeledes omfatte en lavmolekylær alkoxy- eller cycloalkoxycarbonylgruppe såsom f.eks. methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, 1-cyclo-propylethoxycarbonyl, isopropyloxycarbonyl, butyloxycarbonyl, tert.-butyloxycarbonyl, pentyloxycarbonyl, hexyloxycarbonyl, 25 benzoyl, toluolyl, naphtoyl, phtaloyl, mesyl, phenylacetyl, phenylpropionyl, aralkoxycarbonyl, f.eks. benzyloxycarbonyl.One may also mention low molecular weight alcanoyl groups such as e.g. formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, valeryl, isovaleryl, oxalyl, succinyl, pivaloyl. R 1 p may also comprise a low molecular weight alkoxy or cycloalkoxycarbonyl group such as e.g. methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, 1-cyclopropylethoxycarbonyl, isopropyloxycarbonyl, butyloxycarbonyl, tert-butyloxycarbonyl, pentyloxycarbonyl, hexoxyloxycarbonyl, benzoyl, toluolyl, naphtoyl, mesophthyl, phthaloyl, benzyloxycarbonyl.

Acylgrupperne kan være substitueret med f.eks. chlor, brom, jod eller fluor.The acyl groups may be substituted by e.g. chlorine, bromine, iodine or fluorine.

Man kan nævne chloracetyl, dichloracetyl, trichloracetyl, bromacetyl eller trifluoracetyl.One may mention chloroacetyl, dichloroacetyl, trichloroacetyl, bromoacetyl or trifluoroacetyl.

Man kan ligeledes benytte en lavmolekylær aralkylgruppe såsom benzyl, 4-methoxybenzyl eller phenylethyl, trityl, 3 94-di-methoxybenzyl eller benzhydryl.A low molecular weight aralkyl group such as benzyl, 4-methoxybenzyl or phenylethyl, trityl, 3 94-dimethoxybenzyl or benzhydryl can also be used.

Man kan ligeledes benytte en halogenalkylgruppe såsom 35 trichlorethyl.A haloalkyl group such as trichloroethyl may also be used.

- 3 _- 3 _

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

Man kan ligeledes benytte chlorbenzoyl, p-nitrobenzoyl, p-tert.-butylbenzoyl, phenoxyacetyl, caprylyl, n-decanoyl, acryloyl, trichlorethoxycarbonyl.Chlorobenzoyl, p-nitrobenzoyl, p-tert-butylbenzoyl, phenoxyacetyl, caprylyl, n-decanoyl, acryloyl, trichloroethoxycarbonyl can also be used.

Man kan ligeledes benytte methylcarbamoyl, phenylcarbamoyl, naphtiQLcarbamoyl samt tilsvarende thiocarbamoylgrupper.Methylcarbamoyl, phenylcarbamoyl, naphthylcarbamoyl and similar thiocarbamoyl groups can also be used.

5 Man kan ligeledes benytte allyl, benzyloxyalkyl, alkoxy- alkoxyalkyl eller også ω-phenylsulfonylalkyl.Allyl, benzyloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxyalkyl or also ω-phenylsulfonylalkyl may also be used.

Listen ovenfor er ikke begrænsende, det er klart, at andre beskyttelsesgrupper for aminogrupperne, hvilke grupper navnlig kendes i peptidkemien, ligeledes kan benyttes.The list above is not limiting, it is clear that other protecting groups for the amino groups, which groups are especially known in the peptide chemistry, can also be used.

10 Beskyttelsesgruppen for hydroxylgruppen kan vælges fra følgende liste:The hydroxyl group protecting group can be selected from the following list:

Det kan dreje sig om en acylgruppe såsom f.eks. formyl, acetyl, chloracetyl, bromacetyl, dichloracetyl, trichloracetyl, trifluoracetyl, methoxyacetyl, phenoxyacetyl, benzoyl, benzoyl-15 formyl, p-nitrobenzoyl. Man kan ligeledes nævne ethoxycarbonyl, methoxycarbonyl ,propoxycarbonyl, g,$,g-trichlorethoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonylP tert.-butoxycarbonyl, 1-cyclopropylethoxy-carbonyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, methoxytetra-hydropyranyl, trityl, benzyl, 4-methoxybenzyl, fcenzhydryl, tri-20 chlorethyl, 1-methy1-1-methoxyethyl, phtaloyl.It may be an acyl group such as e.g. formyl, acetyl, chloroacetyl, bromoacetyl, dichloroacetyl, trichloroacetyl, trifluoroacetyl, methoxyacetyl, phenoxyacetyl, benzoyl, benzoylformyl, p-nitrobenzoyl. Ethoxycarbonyl, methoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, g, $, g-trichloroethoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl, 1-cyclopropylethoxy-carbonyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, methoxytetrahydropyrl Chloroethyl, 1-methyl-1-methoxyethyl, phthaloyl.

Man kan ligeledes nævne andre acylgrupper såsom propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, valeryl, isovaleryl, oxalyl, succinyl og pivaloyl.Other acyl groups such as propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, valeryl, isovaleryl, oxalyl, succinyl and pivaloyl may also be mentioned.

Man kan ligeledes nævne phenylacetyl, phenylpropionyl, 25 mesyl, chlorbenzoyl, p-nitrobenzoyl, p-tert.-butylbenzoyl, caprylyl, acryloyl, methylcarbamoyl, phenylcarbamoyl, naphthyl-carbamoyl .One may also mention phenylacetyl, phenylpropionyl, mesyl, chlorobenzoyl, p-nitrobenzoyl, p-tert-butylbenzoyl, caprylyl, acryloyl, methylcarbamoyl, phenylcarbamoyl, naphthylcarbamoyl.

Naturligvis kan værdierne for substitmenterne Rb, når disse ikke betegner et hydrogenatom, samt værdierne for de beskyt-30 telsesgrupper, som Rp eventuelt kan betegne eller omfatte, navnlig når Rp omfatter en amin, tages fra ovenstående lister.Of course, when the substituents do not represent a hydrogen atom, the values of the substituents Rb, as well as the values of the protecting groups which Rp may or may not represent, especially when R p comprises an amine, can be taken from the above lists.

Det samme gælder for de grupper, som R2p kan omfatte.The same goes for the groups that R2p can include.

Ved en foretrukken udførelsesform for fremgangsmåden, behandler man forbindelsen med formlen (II) med et funktionelt 35 derivat af en forbindelse med formlen (III). Dette funktionelle derivat kan f.eks. være et halogenid, et symmetrisk - 4 -In a preferred embodiment of the process, the compound of formula (II) is treated with a functional derivative of a compound of formula (III). This functional derivative may e.g. be a halide, a symmetric - 4 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

eller blandet anhydrid, en amid eller en aktiveret ester.or mixed anhydride, an amide or an activated ester.

Som eksempler på blandet anhydrid kan man nævne sådanne, som dannes med isobutylchlorformiat og med pivaloylchlorid, og de blandede carboxylsyre-sulfonsyre-anhydrider, som f.eks.Examples of mixed anhydride include those formed with isobutyl chloroformate and with pivaloyl chloride, and the mixed carboxylic acid sulfonic acid anhydrides such as e.g.

5 dannes med p-toluensulfonylchlorid. Som eksempler på aktiverede estere kan nævnes den ester, som dannes med 2,4-dinitrophe-nol, og den, som dannes med hydroxybenzothiazol.5 is formed with p-toluenesulfonyl chloride. Examples of activated esters include the ester formed with 2,4-dinitrophenol and the one formed with hydroxybenzothiazole.

Som eksempel på halogenid kan nævnes chloridet og bro-midet.Examples of halide include the chloride and the bromide.

10 Man kan ligeledes nævne syreazidet eller syreamidet.One may also mention the acid azide or acid amide.

Anhydridet kan dannes in situ ved indvirkning af N,N'-disubstitueret carbodiimid, f.eks. N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodi-imid.The anhydride can be formed in situ through the action of N, N'-disubstituted carbodiimide, e.g. N, N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide.

Acyleringsreaktionen udføres fortrinsvis i et organisk 15 opløsningsmiddel såsom methylenchlorid. Man kan imidlertid benytte andre opløsningsmidler såsom tetrahydrofuran, chloroform eller dimethylformamid.The acylation reaction is preferably carried out in an organic solvent such as methylene chloride. However, other solvents such as tetrahydrofuran, chloroform or dimethylformamide may be used.

Når man benytter et syrehalogenid, og når der generelt frigøres et molekyle halogenidsyre i løbet af reaktionen, 20 foretager man fortrinsvis reaktionen i nærværelse af en base såsom natriumhydroxid, kaliumhydroxid, natrium- eller kalium-carbonat, bicarbonat, natriumacetat, triethylamin, pyridin, morpholin eller N-methylmorpholin.When an acid halide is used and when a molecule of halide acid is generally released during the reaction, the reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium or potassium carbonate, bicarbonate, sodium acetate, triethylamine, pyridine, morpholine. or N-methylmorpholine.

Reaktionstemperaturen er normalt stuetemperatur eller 2 5 under.The reaction temperature is usually room temperature or below.

Når Rb betegner et hydrogenatom, benytter man fortrinsvis et blandet carboxylsyre-sulfonsyre-anhydrid.When Rb represents a hydrogen atom, a mixed carboxylic acid sulfonic acid anhydride is preferably used.

Alt efter værdierne af Rb, R1p, R2P og Rp kan forbindelserne med formlen (IV) eventuelt være forbindelser med formlen (1')-.Depending on the values of Rb, R1p, R2p and Rp, the compounds of formula (IV) may optionally be compounds of formula (1 ') -.

JU Forbindelserne med formlen (IV) udgør forbindelser med formlen (I1), når Rb betegner et hydrogenatom, når Rp ikke betegner en beskyttelsesgruppe for hydroxylgruppen eller ikke betegner en gruppe R‘ med en beskyttet gruppe, og endelig når R^p ikke betegner en gruppe R'^, hvor en reaktionsdygtig grup- 35 pe er beskyttet, og R*^ ikke betegner en heterocyklisk gruppe omfattende en beskyttelsesgruppe.The compounds of formula (IV) are compounds of formula (I1) when R b represents a hydrogen atom, when R p does not represent a protecting group for the hydroxyl group or does not represent a group R 'with a protected group, and finally when R group R 2 wherein a reactive group is protected and R 4 does not denote a heterocyclic group comprising a protecting group.

I de andre tilfælde har indvirkningen på forbindelsen med - 5 -In the other cases, the effect on the connection with - 5 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

formlen (IV) af et eller flere hydrolyse- eller hydrogenolyse-midler eller af thiourinstof til formål at eliminere gruppen Rb, når denne betegner en beskyttelsesgruppe for aminogruppen, at eliminere gruppen Rp, når denne betegner en beskyttelsesgruppe for hydroxylgruppen, og at eliminere de andre beskyt-5 telsesgrupper, som grupperne Rp, R-^p og R2p kan omfatte.the formula (IV) of one or more hydrolysis or hydrogenolysis agents or of thiourea for the purpose of eliminating the group Rb when it denotes a protecting group for the amino group, eliminating the group Rp when denoting a protecting group for the hydroxyl group, and eliminating the others protecting groups which may include the groups Rp, Rp and Rp.

Karakteren af de reagenser, som bør benyttes i alle disse tilfælde, er velkendt for fagfolk. Eksempler på sådanne reaktioner er anført nedenfor i den eksperimentelle del.The nature of the reagents which should be used in all these cases is well known to those skilled in the art. Examples of such reactions are listed below in the experimental section.

Nedenfor er der givet en ikke udtømmende opremsning af 10 midler, som kan benyttes til eliminering af. de forskellige grupper.Below is a non-exhaustive list of 10 agents which can be used to eliminate. the different groups.

Elimineringen af gruppen Rb kan foretages ved hydrolyse, som kan være sur eller basisk eller under anvendelse af hydrazin.The elimination of the group Rb can be accomplished by hydrolysis which may be acidic or basic or using hydrazine.

15 Man benytter fortrinsvis sur hydrolyse til eliminering af alkoxy- og cycloalkoxycarbonylgrupperne, som eventuelt er substitueret, såsom tert.-pentyloxycarbonyl eller tert.-butyl-oxycarbonyl, aralkoxycarbonyl, eventuelt substitueret, sålsom benzyloxycarbonyl, trityl, diphenylmethyl, tert.-butyl 20 eller 4-methoxybenzyl.Preferably acidic hydrolysis is used to eliminate the alkoxy and cycloalkoxycarbonyl groups optionally substituted, such as tert.-pentyloxycarbonyl or tert.-butyl-oxycarbonyl, aralkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted, such as benzyloxycarbonyl, trityl, diphenylmethyl, diphenylmethyl, diphenylmethyl 4-methoxybenzyl.

Den syre, som man fortrinsvis benytter, kan vælges blandt saltsyre, benzensulfonsyre eller p-toluensulfonsyre, myresyre eller trifluoreddikesyre. Man kan imidlertid benytte andre uorganiske eller organiske syrer.The acid which is preferably used can be selected from hydrochloric, benzenesulfonic or p-toluenesulfonic, formic or trifluoroacetic acids. However, other inorganic or organic acids may be used.

25 Den basiske hydrolyse bruges fortrinsvis til eliminering af acylgrupper såsom trifluoracetyl.The basic hydrolysis is preferably used for the elimination of acyl groups such as trifluoroacetyl.

Den base, som man fortrinsvis benytter, er en uorganisk base såsom natrium- eller kaliumhydroxid. Man kan ligeledes benytte magnesiumoxid, bariumoxid eller et alkalimetal-carbonat 3° eller -bicarbonat såsom natrium- eller kaliumbicarbonat, earbonid eller andre· baser.The base which is preferably used is an inorganic base such as sodium or potassium hydroxide. Magnesium oxide, barium oxide or an alkali metal carbonate 3 ° or bicarbonate such as sodium or potassium bicarbonate, earbonide or other bases may also be used.

Man kan ligeledes benytte natrium- eller kaliumacetat.Sodium or potassium acetate may also be used.

Hydrolyse, som gør brug af hydrazin, benyttes fortrinsvis til eliminering af sådanne grupper som phtaloyl.Hydrolysis using hydrazine is preferably used to eliminate such groups as phthaloyl.

35 Gruppen Rb kan ligeledes elimineres ved hjælp af et system af zink og eddikesyre (til halogenalkyl og navnlig til trichlor-ethyl), diphenylmethyl, benzyloxycarbonyl elimineres fortrinsvisThe group Rb can also be eliminated by a system of zinc and acetic acid (for haloalkyl and especially for trichloroethyl), diphenylmethyl, benzyloxycarbonyl is preferably eliminated.

DK 164404BDK 164404B

- 6 - ved hjælp af hydrogen i nærværelse af en katalysator.- 6 - by hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst.

Chloracetylgruppen elimineres ved indvirkning af thio-urinstof i neutralt eller surt miljø efter den reaktionstype, som er beskrevet af MASAKI, J.A.C.S., SK), 4508, (1968).The chloroacetyl group is eliminated by the action of thiourea in neutral or acidic environment following the reaction type described by MASAKI, J.A.C.S., SK), 4508, (1968).

5 Man kan ligeledes benytte andre fra litteraturen kendte metoder til ophævelse af beskyttelsen.5 Other methods known in the literature can be used to abolish protection.

Blandt de foretrukne grupper kan nævnes formyl, acetyl, ethoxycarbonyl, mesyl, trifluoracetyl, chloracetyl og trityl.Among the preferred groups are formyl, acetyl, ethoxycarbonyl, mesyl, trifluoroacetyl, chloroacetyl and trityl.

Man foretrækker navnlig trityl og chloracetyl. Som gruppe R„p 10 foretrækker man benzyl.Trityl and chloroacetyl are particularly preferred. Benzyl is preferred as group R „p 10.

Den syre, som man fortrinsvis benytter, er trifluoreddike-syre eller myresyre.The acid which is preferably used is trifluoroacetic acid or formic acid.

Eliminering af gruppen Rp eller de beskyttelsesgrupper, som Rp, R^p eller R£P omfatter, når denne er nødvendig, udføres 15 under betingelser i lighed med dem, som er beskrevet ovenfor vedrørende eliminering af Rb.Elimination of the group Rp or the protecting groups comprising Rp, Rp, or Rp, when necessary, is carried out under conditions similar to those described above regarding elimination of Rb.

Man kan bl.a. benytte sur hydrolyse til eliminering af alkyl eller aralkyl, som eventuelt er substitueret.You can use acidic hydrolysis to eliminate alkyl or aralkyl which is optionally substituted.

Man benytter fortrinsvis en syre, som vælges blandt salt-20 syre, myresyre, trifluoreddikesyre og p-toluensulfonsyre.Preferably, an acid selected from hydrochloric acid, formic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and p-toluenesulfonic acid is used.

De andre værdier for grupperne R^ eller Rp eller beskyttelsesgrupper, som Rp, R^p eller R£P omfatter, elimineres, når dette ønskes, efter de af fagfolk kendte metoder.The other values of the groups R 1 or R p or protecting groups comprising R p, R 1 p or R 2 P are, when desired, eliminated by methods known to those skilled in the art.

Man arbejder fortrinsvis under moderate betingelser, dvs.You preferably work under moderate conditions, ie.

25 ved stuetemperatur eller ved svag opvarmning.25 at room temperature or at low heating.

Elimineringen af benzylgruppen eller af en benzyloxyalkyl-gruppe på substituenten R2P udføres fortrinsvis ved hydrogenolyse.The elimination of the benzyl group or of a benzyloxyalkyl group on the substituent R2P is preferably carried out by hydrogenolysis.

Elimineringen af allylgruppen på R2P udføres f.eks. ved indvirkning af komplekset rhodiumtriphenylphosphinechlorid.For example, the elimination of the allyl group on R2P is performed. by the action of the rhodium triphenylphosphine chloride complex.

30 Elimineringen af alkoxyalkoxyalkyl udføres f.eks. ved ind virkning af zinkbromid eller titanchlorid.The elimination of alkoxyalkoxyalkyl is carried out e.g. by the action of zinc bromide or titanium chloride.

Eliminering’af ω-phenylsulfonylalkylgruppen udføres f.eks. ved hjælp af stærk base såsom et alkalimetalalkoholat.Elimination of the ω-phenylsulfonylalkyl group is carried out e.g. using strong base such as an alkali metal alcoholate.

Når f.eks. Rb, Rp, R^p eller R2P er eller omfatter eliminer-35 bare gruppertilhørende disse forskellige'typer, kan man lade flere af de ovenfor opremsede midler indvirke på forbindelserne (IV) .For example, when Rb, Rp, Rp or R2p are or include eliminable groups belonging to these various types, several of the above listed agents may be affected by the compounds (IV).

- 7 -- 7 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

Omdannelsen af forbindelserne til salt kan udføres efter de gængse metoder.The conversion of the compounds to salt can be carried out by the usual methods.

Omdannelsen til salt af forbindelserne, hvor Rp, R^p eller R2P omfatter en carboxy- eller sulfongruppe, kan f.eks. opnås •5 ved indvirkning på en forbindelse på sur form eller på et solvat, f.eks. det ethanoliske solvat eller på et hydrat af denne syre, af en uorganisk base såsom natrium- eller kaliumhydroxid eller natrium- eller kaliumcarbonat eller -bicarbonat. Man kan ligeledes benytte salte af uorganiske syrer såsom trinatrium-1° fosfat. Man kan ligeledes benytte salte af organiske syrer.The conversion to salt of the compounds wherein R p, R 1 p or R 2 P comprise a carboxy or sulfone group can e.g. is obtained by acting on a compound in acid form or on a solvate, e.g. the ethanolic solvate or on a hydrate of this acid, of an inorganic base such as sodium or potassium hydroxide or sodium or potassium carbonate or bicarbonate. Salts of inorganic acids such as trisodium-1 ° phosphate can also be used. Salts of organic acids can also be used.

En liste over sådanne organiske syrer findes f.eks. i fransk patentskrift nr. 2 476 087.A list of such organic acids can be found e.g. in French Patent No. 2,476,087.

Som natriumsalt benytter man fortrinsvis natriumacetat, natrium-2-ethylhexanoat eller natriumdiethylacetat.As sodium salt, sodium acetate, sodium 2-ethylhexanoate or sodium diethyl acetate are preferably used.

15 Omdannelsen til salt kan opnås ved indvirkning af en or ganisk base eller en aminosyre.The conversion to salt can be achieved by the action of an organic base or an amino acid.

Den eventuelle esterificering af de forbindelser, hvor Rp, R^p eller R2P omfatter en sur gruppe, udføres ligeledes under klassiske betingelser.The optional esterification of the compounds wherein Rβ, Rβ or R2β comprises an acidic group is also carried out under classical conditions.

20 Den eventuelle spaltning af de racemiske molekyler med formlen (II) eller (IV) kan udføres efter gængse metoder.The optional cleavage of the racemic molecules of formula (II) or (IV) can be carried out by conventional methods.

Man kan benytte en optisk aktiv organisk carboxylsyre eller sulfonsyre såsom vinsyre, diben-2ioylvinsyre, camphosulfonsyre eller glutaminsyre, - . ictej»., sønderdeling af det således op-25 nåede salt opnås ved hjælp af en uorganisk base såsom natrium-bicarbonat eller af en organisk base såsom tertiær amin, f.eks. triethylamin.An optically active organic carboxylic acid or sulfonic acid such as tartaric acid, diben-2ioyltartaric acid, camphosulfonic acid or glutamic acid may be used. The decomposition of the salt thus obtained is obtained by an inorganic base such as sodium bicarbonate or by an organic base such as tertiary amine, e.g. triethylamine.

Opfindelsen angår specielt en fremgangsmåde som beskrevet ovenfor, som er ejendommelig ved, at man til iværksættelse af fremgangsmåden benytter en forbindelse med formlen (II), hvor R^p betegner et hydrogenatom, en methylgruppe, fluormethyl, trifluormethyl, ethoxycarbonyl eller carbamoyl, og R2P betegner en gruppe lH-tetrazol-5-yl eller l,3,4-triazol~2-yl, eventuelt substitueret med en trifluormethylgruppe eller carboxymethyl-35 gruppe og en forbindelse med formlen (III), hvor Rb betegner en beskyttelsesgruppe for aminogruppen og Rp betegner en beskyttelsesgruppe for hydroxylgruppen, en methylgruppe, phenyl, - 8 -In particular, the invention relates to a process as described above which is characterized in that a compound of formula (II) is used in which R 1 is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, fluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, ethoxycarbonyl or carbamoyl, and R 2 P represents a group of 1H-tetrazol-5-yl or 1,3,4-triazol-2-yl, optionally substituted with a trifluoromethyl group or carboxymethyl group and a compound of formula (III) wherein Rb represents a protecting group for the amino group and Rp represents a protecting group for the hydroxyl group, a methyl group, phenyl, -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

difluormethyl, 1-methyl-l-carboxyethyl, cyanmethyl, carboxy-methyl eller methylsulfonylcarbamoylmethyl.difluoromethyl, 1-methyl-1-carboxyethyl, cyanmethyl, carboxymethyl or methylsulfonylcarbamoylmethyl.

Forbindelserne med formlen (II): 5 ^ “ip (II) )-The compounds of formula (II): 5

0 XR2P0 XR2P

kan fremstilles, idet man omsætter en forbindelse med formlen (V):may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula (V):

HH

H (V) 15 k.H (V) 15 k.

κ2ρ hvor R^p og R2P har samme betydning som ovenfor, i nærværelse af en stærk base, med en forbindelse med formlen (VI): 20 Rap n.κ2ρ where R 1 p and R 2 P have the same meaning as above, in the presence of a strong base, with a compound of formula (VI): 20 Rap n.

>^-<r0Ap R'ap 11 (VI) 0 hvor Ap betegner et hydrogenatom eller en estergruppe, og Rap 25 og R'ap har sådanne værdier, at enten betegner Rap og R'ap hver et hydrogenatom, eller også betegner det ene symbol et hydrogenatom, og det andet betegner en beskyttelsesgruppe for aminogruppen, eller Rap og R'ap danner tilsammen en divalent beskyttelsesgruppe for aminogruppen, til opnåelse af en forbin-30 delse med formlen (VII) :> - - <r0Ap R'ap 11 (VI) 0 where Aβ represents a hydrogen atom or an ester group, and Rap 25 and R'ap have such values that either Rap and R'ap each represent a hydrogen atom, or also denote one symbol represents a hydrogen atom, and the other represents a protecting group for the amino group, or Rap and R'ap together form a divalent protecting group for the amino group, to give a compound of formula (VII):

Rap \ .Λ* >γ—S 1 R'aP (VII)Rap \ .Λ *> γ — S 1 R'aP (VII)

35 )\ NH35) \ NH

ApO . 0 \ApO. 0 \

R2PR2P

DK 164404BDK 164404B

- 9 - hvor Ap, R^p, R2^' RaP °9 R'aP ^ar samme betydning som ovenfor, og den bølgede linie angiver, at substituenten l^p kan foreligge i a- eller 3“Stilling, hvilken forbindelse med formlen (VII) man om ønsket underkaster den ene eller den anden af føl-5 gende reaktioner i vilkårlig rækkefølge: a) adskillelse i de to isomere.- 9 - where Ap, R ^ p, R2 ^ 'RaP ° 9 R'aP ^ is the same meaning as above, and the wavy line indicates that the substituent lp may be in a or 3' position, which compound with formula (VII), if desired, subjected one or the other of the following reactions in any order: a) separation into the two isomers.

b) beskyttelse af gruppen NH^, når Rap og R'ap hver betegner et hydrogenatom, hvilken forbindelse med formlen (VII) i form af en eneste isomer eller en blanding af isomerer man, når Ap 10 betegner en estergruppe, underkaster et hydrolysemiddel og derefter et middel til 3-lactamisering til opnåelse af en forbindelse med formlen (VIII):b) protecting the group NH 1, when Rap and R'ap each represent a hydrogen atom, which compound of formula (VII) in the form of a single isomer or a mixture of isomers, when Aβ 10 represents an ester group, is subjected to a hydrolyzing agent and then a 3-lactamization agent to give a compound of formula (VIII):

RaPNi_^ 15 R’ap^ (VIII) /"ΛRaPNi_ ^ R'ap ^ (VIII) / "Λ

0 R2P0 R2P

hvilken forbindelse man om fornødent og om ønsket underkaster 20 en vilkårlig af følgende reaktioner i vilkårlig rækkefølge: a) adskillelse af de isomere b) bortskæring (ved hydrolyse, hydrogenolyse eller indvirkning af thiourinstof)af en af grupperne Rap og R'ap eller af disse to grupper, når den ene betegner en beskyttelsesgruppe, eller begge tilsammen danner en beskyttelsesgruppe til opnåelse 25 af en forventet forbindelse med formlen (II).which compound, if necessary, and if desired, is subjected to any of the following reactions in any order: a) separation of the isomers b) excision (by hydrolysis, hydrogenolysis or thiourea action) by one of the groups Rap and R'ap or these two groups when one represents a protecting group or both together form a protecting group to obtain an expected compound of formula (II).

Den stærke base, som man fortrinsvis benytter, er butyl-lithium i nærværelse af en sekundær amin såsom diisopropylamin. Man kan imidlertid benytte et alkalimetalalkoholat såsom kalium-tert.-butylat.The strong base which is preferably used is butyl lithium in the presence of a secondary amine such as diisopropylamine. However, an alkali metal alcoholate such as potassium tert-butylate can be used.

30 Foruden de ovennævnte beskyttelsesgrupper for aminogruppen kan Rap og R'ap tilsammen betegne en divalent gruppe såsom benzylidengruppen eller gruppen \/ CSi\ /\ - 10 -In addition to the above protecting groups for the amino group, Rap and R'ap together may represent a divalent group such as the benzylidene group or the group \ / CSi \ / \ - 10 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

Ap kan betegne en af de ovennævnte estergrupper. Blandt disse foretrækker man en lavmolekylær alkylgruppe såsom methyl eller ethyl.Ap can denote one of the above ester groups. Among these, a low molecular weight alkyl group such as methyl or ethyl is preferred.

Hvis aminogruppen i forbindelse med formlen (VII) er fri, 5 enten fordi man har foretaget processen under anvendelse af en forbindelse af formlen (VI), hvor Rap og R'ap hver betegner et hydrogenatom, eller fordi den beskyttelsesgruppe, som disse to substituenter betegner, er fraspaltet under reaktionen mellem forbindelserne med formel (V) og (VI), foretager man eventuelt 10 en beskyttelse af denne aminogruppe. Man benytter da et af de kendte reagenser fra de ovenfor nævnte kategorier af beskyttelsesgrupper. Med den foretrukne udførelse af form for frem-' gangsmåden beskytter man aminogruppen med en tritylgruppe under anvendelse af tritylchLorid i nærværelse af en base, fortrins-15 vis en amin såsom triethylamin.If the amino group of formula (VII) is free, either because the process has been carried out using a compound of formula (VI) wherein Rap and R'ap each represent a hydrogen atom or because the protecting group of these two substituents denotes, when cleaved during the reaction between the compounds of formula (V) and (VI), optionally a protection of this amino group is taken. One of the known reagents from the above mentioned categories of protecting groups is then used. With the preferred embodiment of the method, the amino group is protected with a trityl group using trityl chloride in the presence of a base, preferably an amine such as triethylamine.

Hydrolysen af gruppen -CC^Ap foretages, når Ap betegner en estergruppe, -ved indvirkning af en base såsom natriumeller kaliumhydroxid i et opløsningsmiddel såsom dioxan efterfulgt af en syrning, f.eks. med saltsyre.The hydrolysis of the group -C C Aβ is carried out when Aβ represents an ester group, by the action of a base such as sodium or potassium hydroxide in a solvent such as dioxane followed by an acidification, e.g. with hydrochloric acid.

20 Cykl iser ingsreaktionen, som gør det muligt at opnå forbindel serne med formlen (VIII), udføres fortrinsvis i nærværelse af et middel til $-lactamisering, som fører til fremstillingen af et reaktionsdygtigt carbonylderivat.The cyclization reaction, which allows the compounds of formula (VIII) to be obtained, is preferably carried out in the presence of an agent for β-lactamization which leads to the preparation of a reactive carbonyl derivative.

Man fremstiller fortrinsvis det blandede carbOXylsyre-25 sulfonsyre-anhydrid i nærværelse af tosyLcHLorid og en base, fortrinsvis diazabicyclooctan eller triethylamin. Man kan ligeledes benytte bromtriphenylphosphin.Preferably, the mixed carboxylic acid sulfonic acid anhydride is prepared in the presence of tosyLcHLoride and a base, preferably diazabicyclooctane or triethylamine. Bromine triphenylphosphine may also be used.

De eventuelle reaktioner til ophævelse af beskyttelsen for den beskyttede aminogruppe, som gruppen 30 Rap R'ap betegner, udføres under de ovenfor angivne betingelser, f.eks. sur hydrolyse. På samme måde kan det være ønskværdigt at fra-35 spalte den beskyttelsesgruppe, som substituanten R£P eventuelt omfatter.Any reactions to abrogate the protection of the protected amino group designated by the group 30 Rap R'ap are carried out under the above conditions, e.g. acid hydrolysis. Likewise, it may be desirable to cleave the protecting group optionally comprising the substituent R 5 P.

Forbindelserne med formlen (II) kan også fremstilles, idet man omsætter en (3-lacton med formlen (IX):The compounds of formula (II) can also be prepared by reacting a (3-lactone of formula (IX)):

DK 164404BDK 164404B

- 11 -- 11 -

Rap\ / Ap R’ap I (IX)Rap / Ap R'ap I (IX)

^-O^ -O

5 0 hvor R^p, Rap og R'ap har samme betydning som ovenfor, med en forbindelse med formlen (A): h2n - R2p (A) 10 hvor R2p har samme betydning som ovenfor, til opnåelse af en forbindelse med formlen (X): ^ OH RfapxXN) R1p 15 (X) ^—NH χ ' 0 R2p hvilken forbindelse med formlen (X) man om ønsket underkaster 20 den ene eller den anden af følgende reaktioner i vilkårlig ræk-kefølge: a) adskillelse af de isomere, i det tilfælde, hvor Rj^p ikke betegner et hydrogenatom, b) beskyttelse af NE^-gruppen, når Rap og R'ap hver beteg-25 ner et hydrogenatom, eller modifikation af den beskyttelsesgruppe, som den ene eller den anden af Rap og R'ap betegner, eller som Rap ogR'-ap tilsammen danner, og hvilken forbindelse med formlen (X) i form af en isomer eller en blanding af isomere.. man underkaster indvirkning af et cykliseringsmiddel til 30 opnåelse af en forbindelse med formlen (VIII): R'ajT (VIII) 35 J-r*\ r2pWherein R 2 p, Rap and R'ap have the same meaning as above, with a compound of formula (A): h 2n - R 2 p (A) 10 wherein R 2 p has the same meaning as above, to obtain a compound of formula (A) X): ^ OH RfapxXN) R1p 15 (X) ^ -NH χ '0 R2p which compound of formula (X) is, if desired, subjected to any of the following reactions in any order: a) separation of the isomeric, in the case where R 2a does not represent a hydrogen atom, (b) protecting the NE 2 group when Rap and R'ap each denote a hydrogen atom, or modifying the protecting group as one or the other. of Rap and R'ap, or which Rap and R'-ap together form, and which compound of formula (X) in the form of an isomer or mixture of isomers is subjected to the action of a cyclizing agent to give a compound of formula (VIII): R'ajT (VIII) 35 Jr * \ r2p

DK 164404BDK 164404B

- 12 - hvilken forbindelse med formlen (VIII) man kan skille i dens isomere: , og som man, når Rap eller R'ap betegner en beskyttelsesgruppe for aminogruppen, eller når Rap eller R'ap tilsammen betegner en divalent beskyttelsesgruppe for aminogruppen, under-5 kaster indvirkning af et reagens til fraspaltning ved hydrolyse, hydrogenolyse eller indvirkning af thiourinstof til opnåelse af en forventet forbindelse med formlen (II).- 12 - which compound of formula (VIII) can be separated into its isomers: and which, when Rap or R'ap, denotes a protecting group for the amino group, or when Rap or R'ap together denotes a divalent protecting group for the amino group, below -5 throws the action of a reagent for cleavage by hydrolysis, hydrogenolysis or the action of thiourea to give an expected compound of formula (II).

Indvirkningen af forbindelserne med formlen H2N-R2p på forbindelserne med formlen (IX) udføres fortrinsvis i nærvæ-10 relse af et trialkylaluminium såsom trimethylaluminium.The effect of the compounds of formula H2N-R2p on the compounds of formula (IX) is preferably carried out in the presence of a trialkyl aluminum such as trimethyl aluminum.

Det reagens A, som effektivt benyttes til iværksættelsen, er da en forbindelse med formlen: ^alkyle 15 R2pNH - Al' NS'S>valkyleThe reagent A that is effectively used for the launch is then a compound of the formula: ^ alkyl 15 R2pNH - Al 'NS'S> valkyle

Beskyttelsen af aminogruppen eller den eventuelle modifikation af beskyttelsesgruppen udføres under de ovenfor beskrevne 20 sædvanlige betingelser.The protection of the amino group or any modification of the protecting group is carried out under the usual 20 conditions described above.

Til reaktionens fortsættelse foretrækker man, at aminogruppen beskyttes ved hjælp af en gruppe såsom benzyloxycarbonyl.For the continuation of the reaction, it is preferred that the amino group be protected by a group such as benzyloxycarbonyl.

Det cykliseringsmiddel, som gør det muligt at gå fra forbindelserne med formlen (X) til forbindelserne med formlen 25 (VIII), er fortrinsvis diethyldiazodicarboxylat i nærværelse af triphenylphosphin. Man kunne imidlertid godt benytte et dialkylchloramin eller carbontetrachlori<3»ligeledes i nærværelse af triphenylphosphin eller tris-dimethylaminophosphin. Man kunne endelig benytte pyridindisulfid. Ligeledes kan hydroxy-30 gruppen i forbindelsen (X) aktiveres ved hjælp af en gruppe såsom mesylat. Cykliseringen udføres da i nærværelse af en base såsom natriumbicarbonat eller natriumcarbonat (se Chem. Pharm. Bull. 29, 1063 (1981)).The cyclizing agent which enables the compounds of formula (X) to proceed to the compounds of formula 25 (VIII) is preferably diethyldiazodicarboxylate in the presence of triphenylphosphine. However, a dialkyl chloramine or carbon tetrachloro <3 »could also be used in the presence of triphenylphosphine or tris-dimethylaminophosphine. Finally, pyridine disulfide could be used. Likewise, the hydroxy group of compound (X) can be activated by a group such as mesylate. The cyclization is then carried out in the presence of a base such as sodium bicarbonate or sodium carbonate (see Chem. Pharm. Bull. 29, 1063 (1981)).

Den eventuelle slutbehandling af forbindelserne med form-35 len (VIII) udføres under de ovenstående betingelser.Any final treatment of the compounds of formula (VIII) is carried out under the above conditions.

Ligesom spaltningen af forbindelserne med formlen (II) eller (IV) kan den eventuelle spaltning af de racemiske molekyler med formlen (VII) og (X) udføres efter gængse metoder.Like the cleavage of the compounds of formula (II) or (IV), the optional cleavage of the racemic molecules of formula (VII) and (X) can be carried out by conventional methods.

- 13 -- 13 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

Man kan benytte en optisk aktiv organisk carboxylsyre eller sulfonsyre såsom vinsyre, dibenzoxylvins-yre camphosul-fonsyre eller glutaminsyre, idet spaltningen af det således opnåede salt udføres ved hjælp af en uorganisk base såsom natrium-3 bicarbonat eller en organisk base såsom en tertiær amin, f.eks. triethylamin.An optically active organic carboxylic acid or sulfonic acid such as tartaric acid, dibenzoxyltartaric acid camphosulfonic acid or glutamic acid can be used, the cleavage of the salt thus obtained being carried out by means of an inorganic base such as sodium 3 bicarbonate or an organic base such as a tertiary amine, eg. triethylamine.

Specielt kan den fremgangsmåde, som er beskrevet ovenfor, bestå i, at man til iværksættelse af fremgangsmåden be-2Q nytter en forbindelse med formlen (IX), hvor R^p betegner et hydrogenatom eller en methylgruppe, og får en forbindelse (II), hvor R^p betegner et hydrogenatom eller en methylgruppe.In particular, the process described above may consist in utilizing a compound of formula (IX) wherein R 1 p represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group and obtaining a compound (II), where R 2 p represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

Forbindelserne med formlen (II) kan også fremstilles, idet man omsætter en forbindelse med formlen (XI):The compounds of formula (II) can also be prepared by reacting a compound of formula (XI):

Rap^ R p >N\ / 1 R'ap i—I (XI) 20 J-N\ er hvor R-^p, Rap og R'ap er defineret som ovenfor, med en forbindelse med formlen 25 y-r2p (XII) hvor R2P er defineret som ovenfor, og Y betegner en nucleofug gruppe, i nærværelse af en base til opnåelse af en forbindelse med formlen (VIII) , som man kan skille i dens isomere , og som man, 30 når Rap eller R'ap betegner en beskyttelsesgruppe for aminogrup-pen, eller når Rap og R'ap tilsammen betegner en divalent beskyttelsesgruppe for aminogruppen, kan underkaste indvirkning af et reagens til overskæring ved hydrolyse eller hydrogenolyse eller indvirkning af thiourinstof til opnåelse af en forventet 33 forbindelse af formlen (II).Rap ^ R p> N \ / 1 R'ap i-I (XI) 20 JN \ is where R- ^ p, Rap and R'ap are defined as above, with a compound of formula 25 y-r2p (XII) wherein R 2 P is defined as above and Y represents a nucleofug group, in the presence of a base to give a compound of formula (VIII), which can be separated into its isomers and which is denoted by Rap or R'ap a protecting group for the amino group, or when Rap and R'ap together represent a divalent protecting group for the amino group, may subject the action of a reagent to cutting by hydrolysis or hydrogenolysis or the effect of thiourea to give an expected 33 compound of formula (II) .

Den nucleofuge gruppeY er fortrinsvis et halogenatom, især fluor eller chlor, en gruppe -O-SC^-CF^, -O-SC^-Ø eller -O-SC^-CH^ eller også kvaternær ammonium.Preferably, the nucleofuge group Y is a halogen atom, especially fluorine or chlorine, a group -O-SC 2 -CF 2, -O-SC 2 -O or -O-SC 2 -CH 2 or also quaternary ammonium.

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

- 14 -- 14 -

Den benyttede base kan være et metalhydrid, et alkali-metalalkoholat, et alfcalimetalamid eller en tertiær amin. Man benytter fortrinsvis et amid såsom natrium- eller lithiumdiiso-propylamid eller natrium- eller lithium-tri-methylsilylamid.The base used may be a metal hydride, an alkali metal alcoholate, an alpha-calcium metal amide or a tertiary amine. An amide such as sodium or lithium diisopropylamide or sodium or lithium trimethylsilylamide is preferably used.

5 Reaktionen udføres fortrinsvis i et opløsningsmiddel eller i en blanding af opløsningsmidler såsom methjletbe.r dioxan, tetrahydrofuran, en alkan, en cycloalfcan, dimethyl-formamid, dimethylsulfoxid, hexamethylphosphotriamid, toluen, benzen eller xylen.The reaction is preferably carried out in a solvent or in a mixture of solvents such as methylated dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, an alkane, a cycloalphane, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, hexamethylphosphphotriamide, toluene, benzene or xylene.

10 Reaktionen udføres navnlig ved, at man som udgangsforbin delse benytter en forbindelse med formlen (XI), hvis aminogruppe er beskyttet.In particular, the reaction is carried out by using as a starting compound a compound of formula (XI) whose amino group is protected.

Grupperne Rap og R'ap kan være en af de ovenfor beskrevne grupper.The Rap and R'ap groups may be one of the groups described above.

15 De eventuelle reaktioner til ophævelse af beskyttelsen af aminogruppen udføres under de ovenfor angivne betingelser, f.eks. ved sur hydrolyse.Any reactions to abrogate the protection of the amino group are carried out under the above conditions, e.g. by acid hydrolysis.

Hvis gruppen R2P omfatter en beskyttelsesgruppe, kan man fortrinsvis fraspalte den, idet man benytter en af metoderne 20 ovenfor.If the group R2P comprises a protecting group, it can preferably be peeled off using one of the methods 20 above.

De forbindelser med formlen (XII), hvor Y betegner et halogenatom, og R2p betegner en eventuelt beskyttet tetrazolyl-gruppe, er hidtil ukendte forbindelser- 25The compounds of formula (XII) wherein Y represents a halogen atom and R 2 p represent an optionally protected tetrazolyl group are novel compounds.

Forbindelserne med formlen (XII) kan yderligere fremstilles ved omdannelse af en forbindelse med formlen (A) til et tilsvarende diazoderivat, efterfulgt af indvirkning på dette af et 3 0 metalhalogenid.The compounds of formula (XII) can be further prepared by converting a compound of formula (A) into a corresponding diazo derivative, followed by its action on a metal halide.

Disse forbindelser kan yderligere fremstilles ved en fremgangsmåde, hvor man behandler et isocyanat med formlen (a) p-N=C=0 (a) hvor p er en beskyttelsesgruppe, med hydrazin, hvorpå man omdanner den opnåede forbindelse (b) 35These compounds can be further prepared by a process of treating an isocyanate of formula (a) p-N = C = O (a) where p is a protecting group with hydrazine to convert the obtained compound (b) 35

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

- 15 " 0- 15 "0

IIII

p-NH-C-NH-NH 2 (b)p-NH-C-NH-NH 2 (b)

5 til et azid (c) Q5 to an azide (c) Q

ft p-NH-ON3 (c) hvorpå man cykliserer azidet Yed indvirkning af phosphorpenta-10 chlorid til opnåelse af det forventede halogentetrazol, som man eventuelt underkaster en halogenomby-tningsreaktion.(c) upon cycling the azide Yed action of phosphorus penta-chloride to obtain the expected halogen tetrazole, which may be subjected to a halogen exchange reaction.

Et eksempel på en sådan præparation er angivet nedenfor i den eksperimentelle del.An example of such a preparation is given below in the experimental section.

Forbindelserne med formlen (XII), hvor Y betegner en gruppe 15 -0-S02-CF3/ -0-S02”0 eller -0-S02-CH3, kan fremstilles ud fra tilsvarende hydroxylderivater, f.eks. ved indvirkning af et passende sulfonylchlorid.The compounds of formula (XII) wherein Y represents a group of 15-O-SO2-CF3 / -O-SO2 O or O-SO2-CH3 can be prepared from corresponding hydroxyl derivatives, e.g. by the action of a suitable sulfonyl chloride.

De forbindelser med formlen (XII), hvor Y betegner en kva-ternær ammoniumgruppe, kan fremstilles ud fra en forbindelse 20 med formlen (A) ved kvafernisering, f.eks. ved hjælp af et alkyliodid.The compounds of formula (XII) wherein Y represents a quaternary ammonium group can be prepared from a compound 20 of formula (A) by quaternization, e.g. using an alkyl iodide.

Forbindelserne med formlen (XI) med transkonfiguration kan fremstilles, idet man omsætter en base med en forbindelse med formlen (XI^): 25The compounds of formula (XI) having transconfiguration can be prepared by reacting a base with a compound of formula (XII):

Rap X X* R'ap'' ^ (XIl>Rap X X * R'ap '' ^ (XIl>

30 I30 I

J-N\ 0 Rc med cis-konfiguration i form af den ene eller den anden af de diastereoisomere eller en blanding deraf, i hvilken formel 35 (XI^) R-^p, RaP og R'ap har samme betydning som ovenfor, og Rc betegner et hydrogenatom eller en beskyttelsesgruppe, til opnåelse af en forbindelse med formlen (XI2): - 16 -JN \ 0 Rc having cis configuration in the form of one or the other of the diastereoisomers or a mixture thereof, in which Formula 35 (XI) R R, Rβ and R'ap have the same meaning as above, and R c represents a hydrogen atom or a protecting group to give a compound of formula (XI2): - 16 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

RapRap

Nn vRxPNn vRxP

/ V, ^ c R,ap (XI )./ V, ^ c R, ap (XI).

5 2 med trans-konfiguration/ i form af den ene eller den anden af de diastereoisomere eller en blanding deraf, i hvilken formel ^ (XI2) R-^p, Rap, R'ap og Rc har samme betydning som ovenfor, som man eventuelt underkaster indvirkning af et middel til bortskæring af beskyttelsesgruppen R .5 with trans-configuration / in the form of one or the other of the diastereoisomers or a mixture thereof, in which formula ^ (XI2) R-β, Rap, R'ap and Rc have the same meaning as above as optionally subject to the effect of a means of cutting off the protecting group R.

CC

Under foretrukne betingelser for udførelsen af fremgangsmåderne ovenfor gælder følgende: 15 - Den benyttede base er et alkalimetalalkoholat eller et alkalimetalamid, navnlig kalium-tert.-butylat, natrium- eller lithiumdiisopropylamid eller natrium- eller lithiumtrimethyl-silylamid.Under preferred conditions for carrying out the above processes, the following applies: 15 - The base used is an alkali metal alcoholate or an alkali metal amide, especially potassium tert-butylate, sodium or lithium diisopropylamide or sodium or lithium trimethyl silylamide.

-Man arbejder i et opløsningsmiddel eller en blanding af Δ opløsningsmidler såsom ethyiethex, dioxan, tetrahydrofuran, en alkan, en Cycloalkan, dimethylformamid, dimethylsulfoxil, hexamethylphosphotriamid, toluen, benzen eller xylen.- Man works in a solvent or a mixture of Δ solvents such as ethylhex, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, an alkane, a cycloalkane, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxil, hexamethylphosphphotriamide, toluene, benzene or xylene.

- Som udgangsforbindelse benytter man en forbindelse med formlen (XI^), hvor Rap og R'ap fortrinsvis er defineret som 25 ovenfor, og R betegner en beskyttelsesgruppe for aminogruppen,As a starting compound, a compound of formula (XI ^) is used, wherein Rap and R'ap are preferably defined as above and R is a protecting group for the amino group,

OISLAND

som kan vælges fra listen over aminbeskyttelsesgrupper ovenfor, og som kan indeholde et asymmetrisk carbonatom. Eksempelvis kan nævnes gruppen 1-phenylethyl.which may be selected from the list of amine protecting groups above and which may contain an asymmetric carbon atom. For example, the group 1-phenylethyl may be mentioned.

Midlet til bortskæring af beskyttelsesgruppen Rc kan være 30 et af de ovennævnte. Bortskæringen af beskyttelsesgruppen RThe means for cutting off the protecting group Rc may be one of the above. The cut-off of the protective group R

VV

kan eventuelt føre til den samtidige bortskæring af grupperne Rap og R'ap. Gruppen 1-phenylethyl kan f.eks. elimineres ved indvirkning af ammoniumpersulfat i acetonitril.could possibly lead to the simultaneous cutting of the Rap and R'ap groups. The group 1-phenylethyl may e.g. is eliminated by the action of ammonium persulfate in acetonitrile.

Forbindelserne med den almene formel (I') har en meget god 35 antibiotisk virkning på gramnegative bakterier, navnlig på coliforme bakterier, Klebsiella, Salmonella og Proteus.The compounds of the general formula (I ') have a very good antibiotic effect on gram-negative bacteria, especially on coliform bacteria, Klebsiella, Salmonella and Proteus.

Disse forbindelser kan navnlig benyttes som lægemidler - 17 -In particular, these compounds can be used as drugs - 17 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

ved behandlingen af colibacillose og dermed forbundne infektioner, ved infektioner, som skyldes Proteus, Klebsiella og Salmonella, og ved andre infektioner fremkaldt af gramnegative bakterier.in the treatment of colibacillosis and associated infections, in infections due to Proteus, Klebsiella and Salmonella, and in other infections caused by gram-negative bacteria.

5 Opfindelsen angår følgelig, som lægemidler og navnlig som antibiotiske lægemidler, forbindelserne med formlen (I') samt deres pharmaceutisk acceptable salte.Accordingly, the invention relates, as drugs, and in particular as antibiotic drugs, to the compounds of formula (I ') and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.

Opfindelsen angår navnlig, som lægemidler og navnlig som antibiotiske lægemidler, forbindelserne med formlen (I*)s 10 ^OR'The invention relates, in particular, as drugs and, in particular, as antibiotic drugs, to the compounds of formula (I *)

jcTTrCjcTTrC

V 5 i— 15 v R 2 hvor R' betegner et hydrogenatom eller en ligekædet eller forgrenet alkylgruppe med 1-6 carbonatomer, som eventuelt er substitueret med en eller flere grupper, som vælges blandt fri, 20 esterificeret eller til salt omdannet carboxy, amino, mono eller dialkylamino, aryl, halogen, nitril, C0NHS02R", hvor R" betegner alkyl, aryl eller amino, eller R' betegner en alkylcarbonylgruppe eller arylcarbonylgruppe eller en phenylgruppe, 25 R'^ betegner et hydrogenatom eller en alkylgruppe, som eventuelt er substitueret med en eller flere grupper, som vælges blandt halogener, azido, hydroxyl, mercapto, aryl, amino, nitril, alkylthio, eller arylthio, eventuelt oxyderet, acyl, acyloxy, acylamino, aralkylcarbonyl, carbamoyloxy, alkyl eller 30 dialkylcarbamoyloxy, eller R'^ betegner en alkenyl- eller alkynylgruppe, som eventuelt er substitueret med en phenylgruppe eller med et eller flere halogenatomer, eller R'^ betegner en thioalkylgruppe, som eventuelt er substitueret med carbamoyl, eller 25 r'^ betegner en phenylgruppe, som eventuelt er substitue ret med halogen, CF^, amino, hydroxy, alkyl eller alkoxy, eller R'^ betegner en esterificeret carboxygruppe, en carbamoylgruppeV 5 i-15 v R 2 wherein R 'represents a hydrogen atom or a straight or branched alkyl group of 1-6 carbon atoms optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from free, esterified or salt converted carboxy, amino , mono or dialkylamino, aryl, halogen, nitrile, CONHSO2R ", wherein R" represents alkyl, aryl or amino, or R 'represents an alkylcarbonyl group or arylcarbonyl group or a phenyl group, R "represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogens, azido, hydroxyl, mercapto, aryl, amino, nitrile, alkylthio, or arylthio, optionally oxidized, acyl, acyloxy, acylamino, aralkylcarbonyl, carbamoyloxy, alkyl or dialkylcarbamoyloxy represents an alkenyl or alkynyl group optionally substituted with a phenyl group or with one or more halogen atoms, or R 1 represents a thioalkyl group optionally substituted with carb represents a phenyl group optionally substituted with halogen, CF 2, amino, hydroxy, alkyl or alkoxy, or R 4 represents an esterified carboxy group, a carbamoyl group

DK 164404BDK 164404B

- 18 - eller en azidogruppe, R'2 betegner tetrazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl eller pyrrolyl, som eventuelt er substitueret med en eller flere grupper, som vælges blandt nitro, carboxy, CF^, nitril, 5 halogen, sulfo, alkylsulfo, (CI^^SC^H, (CH2)nNHS02H, (CH2)nS02NH2, (CH2)næ2H, hvor n betegner et helt tal fra 1-4, idet forbindelserne har syn-isomeri, og den bølgede linie angiver, at forbindelserne kan foreligge i cis- eller trans-form eller i form af en cis-trans-blanding, idet forbindelserne med 10 formlen (I1) foreligger i racemisk eller optisk aktiv form, samt saltene af forbindelserne med formlen (I1) med baser og syrer.Or an azido group, R'2 represents tetrazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl or pyrrolyl optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from nitro, carboxy, CF3, nitrile, halogen, sulfo, alkylsulfo, (Cl 2 SC 2 H, (CH 2) nNHSO 2 H, (CH 2) n SO 2 NH 2, (CH 2) n 2 H, where n represents an integer from 1-4, the compounds having syn isomerism and the wavy line indicating that the compounds may are in cis or trans form or in the form of a cis-trans mixture, the compounds of formula (I1) being in racemic or optically active form, as well as the salts of the compounds of formula (I1) with bases and acids.

Opfindelsen angår ligeledes specielt, som lægemidler og navnlig som antibiotiske lægemidler, de i eksemplerne beskrev-15 ne forbindelser og navnlig - 3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)-2-methoxyiminoacetyl)-amino) -4-methyl-l-(l-H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon, cis eller trans, syn-isomer, racemisk eller optisk aktiv, - 3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)-2-carboxymethoxyiminoace-20 tyl)-amino)-4-methyl-l-(l-H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon, cis eller trans, syn-isomer, racemisk eller optisk aktiv, - 3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)-2-(1-carboxy-1-methyl)-ethoxy-imino acetyl)-amino)-4-methyl-l-(l-H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon, cis eller trans, syn-isomer, racemisk eller optisk 25 aktiv, - 3-((2- (2-aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyimino-acetyl) -amino) -4-fluormethyl-l-(l-H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon, cis eller trans, syn-isomer, racemisk eller optisk aktiv, - 3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)-2-fluormethoxyiminoacetyl) 30 -amino)-4-methyl-l-(l-H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon, cis eller trans, syn-isomer, racemisk eller optisk aktiv.The invention also relates in particular, as drugs, and especially as antibiotic drugs, to the compounds described in the Examples and in particular to - 3 - ((2- (2-aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyiminoacetyl) -amino) -4- methyl 1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone, cis or trans, syn isomer, racemic or optically active, - 3 - ((2- (2-aminothiazol-4-yl) -2- carboxymethoxyiminoacetyl) amino) -4-methyl-1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone, cis or trans, syn isomer, racemic or optically active, - 3 - ((2- ( 2-aminothiazol-4-yl) -2- (1-carboxy-1-methyl) -ethoxy-imino-acetyl) -amino) -4-methyl-1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone, cis or trans, syn-isomer, racemic or optically active, - 3 - ((2- (2-aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyimino-acetyl) -amino) -4-fluoromethyl-1- (1H- tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone, cis or trans, syn isomer, racemic or optically active, - 3 - ((2- (2-aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-fluoromethoxyiminoacetyl) -amino) - 4-methyl-1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone, cis or trans, syn isomer, racemic or is optically active.

Der kan fremstilles farmaceutiske præparater, der som aktiv bestanddel indeholder i det mindste et af de ovenfor nævnte lægemidler.Pharmaceutical compositions containing as active ingredient can be prepared in at least one of the drugs mentioned above.

35 Disse præparater kan indgives ad oral, rectal, parenteral, eller lokalvej i topisk applikation på huden eller slimhinderne.These compositions may be administered by oral, rectal, parenteral, or topical application in topical application to the skin or mucous membranes.

De kan være i fast form eller i væskeform og kan foreligge i de i den humane medicin gængs benyttede farmaceutiske formerThey may be in solid or liquid form and may be present in the pharmaceutical forms commonly used in human medicine.

DK 164404BDK 164404B

- 19 - såsom f.eks. uoversukrede eller oversukrede tabletter, gelatinekapsler, granulater, stikpiller, injektionspræparater, po:made creme, gel. De fremstilles efter de gængse metoder.- 19 - such as e.g. unsweetened or unsweetened tablets, gelatine capsules, granules, suppositories, injection preparations, po: made cream, gel. They are manufactured according to the usual methods.

Den eller de aktive bestanddele kan inkorporeres deri sammen med 5 de i disse farmaceutiske præparater normalt benyttede tilsætningsstoffer såsom talkum, gummi arabicum, lactose, stivelse, magnesiumstearat, cacaosmør, vandige eller ikke-vandige bærestoffer, fedtstoffer af animalsk eller vegetabilsk oprindelse, paraffinderivater, glycoler, fugtemidler, dispeig.erings- og emul-10 geringsmidler samt konserveringsmidler.The active ingredient (s) may be incorporated therein together with the additives normally used in these pharmaceutical compositions such as talc, gum arabic, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, cocoa butter, aqueous or non-aqueous carriers, fats of animal or vegetable origin, paraffin derivatives, glycols , wetting agents, dispersing and emulsifying agents, and preservatives.

Disse præparater kan navnlig foreligge i form af et pudder beregnet til opløsning på brugsstedet i et passende bærestof, f.eks. apyrogent sterilt vand.In particular, these compositions may be in the form of a powder intended for dissolution at the site of use in a suitable carrier, e.g. apyrogenic sterile water.

Den indgivne dosis varierer efter den behandlede lidelse, 15 den pågældende patient, indgiftsmåden og den pågældende forbindelse. Den kan f.eks. ligge mellem 0,250 og 4 g pr. dag ad oral vej hos mennesker i tilfælde af forbindelsen ifølge eksempel 1 eller også mellem 0,500 og 1 g 3 gange om dagen ad intra-muskulær vej.The dose administered varies according to the condition being treated, the patient concerned, the mode of administration and the compound in question. It can e.g. range from 0.250 to 4 g per day. per day by oral route in humans in the case of the compound of Example 1 or also between 0.500 and 1 g 3 times a day by intra-muscular route.

20 Forbindelserne med formlen (I1) og deres salte kan ligeledes benyttes som desinfektionsmidler for kirurgiske instrumenter.The compounds of formula (I1) and their salts can also be used as disinfectants for surgical instruments.

De som udgangsforbindelser ved fremstillingen benyttede forbindelser med formlen (V) kan fremstilles ved omsætning af en amin med formlen (A) : 25 r2p nh2 (A) 1 - 20 -The compounds of formula (V) used as starting compounds in the preparation can be prepared by reacting an amine of formula (A): 25 r2p nh2 (A) 1 - 20 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

med et aldehyd med formlen (B): R-jP CHO (B) 5 Eb. umiddelbar opnåelse af en forbindelse med formlen (C) er mulig Alk0 ορ Γ-H (C) H-k 10 ^ hvor Alk betegner en alkyl gruppe, som normalt svarer til den alcanol, hvori omsætningen udføres. Forbindelserne med formlen (C) omdannes til forbindelser med fomlen (II), normalt ved. opvarmning, f.eks. i et opløsningsmiddel såsom xylen.with an aldehyde of formula (B): R-jP CHO (B) 5 Eb. immediately obtaining a compound of formula (C) is possible Alk0 ορ Γ-H (C) H-k 10 10 where Alk represents an alkyl group usually corresponding to the alcanol in which the reaction is carried out. The compounds of formula (C) are converted to compounds of formula (II), usually by. heating, e.g. in a solvent such as xylene.

15 Et eksempel på en sådan reaktion er beskrevet i de n eksperimentelle del.An example of such a reaction is described in the n experimental part.

Forbindelserne med formlen R^p NH2 kan fremstilles efter de gængse metoder. Et eksempel på en sådan forbindelse, 2-ben-zyl-5-aminotetrazol er beskrevet i JACS, 76, 923 (1954).The compounds of formula R 1 p NH 2 can be prepared by the usual methods. An example of such a compound, 2-benzyl-5-aminotetrazole is described in JACS, 76, 923 (1954).

2o De forbindelser med formlen (VI) som er afledt af glycin, kan fremstilles ved gængse metoder.The compounds of formula (VI) derived from glycine can be prepared by conventional methods.

Forbindelserne med formlen (IX) kan ligeledes fremstilles efter gængse metoder. Når R^p betegner et hydrogenatom, er forbindelsen med formlen (IX) laktonen af serin, eventuelt beskyt-25 tet ved aminogruppen. Når R^p betegner en methylgruppe, er forbindelsen med formlen (IX) et threoninderivat. Laktonen af N-trityl-L-serin er beskrevet i JACS, 81, 6086.The compounds of formula (IX) can also be prepared by conventional methods. When R 1 p represents a hydrogen atom, the compound of formula (IX) is the lactone of serine, optionally protected by the amino group. When R 1 p represents a methyl group, the compound of formula (IX) is a threonine derivative. The lactone of N-trityl-L-serine is described in JACS, 81, 6086.

Forbindelserne med f oml en (XI.), hvor R betegner en beskyttelsesgruppe, kan fremstilles ud fra forbindelserne med 30 fomlen (XI) efter metoder, som er velkendte for fagfolk. De kan yderligere fremstilles, ligesom . forbindelserne med fomlen (XI) selv, ved en fremgangsmåde, som er beskrevet i belgisk patentskrift nr. 894 785.The compounds of form (XI), wherein R represents a protecting group, can be prepared from the compounds of formula (XI) by methods well known to those skilled in the art. They can be further manufactured, like. the compounds with the fomel (XI) itself, by a method described in Belgian Patent No. 894,785.

Foruden de i eksemplerne beskrevne forbindelser kan følgen-35 de forbindelser fremstilles inden for den foreliggende opfindelses rammer. Substituenterne R', R*^ og R'2 er de i formlen (I') angivne.In addition to the compounds described in the Examples, the following compounds can be prepared within the scope of the present invention. The substituents R 1, R 2 and R 2 are those of formula (I ').

21 " DK 164404 B21 "DK 164404 B

£* o cm -| i |t| »4-3 |r|£ * o cm - | i | t | »4-3 | r |

IT fa ΙΛ Μ K ιό (Λ CM W SIT fa ΙΛ Μ K ιό (Λ CM W S

æ S CM fe CMS S S fa S CM Oæ S CM fe CMS S S fa S CM O

SU O O O O O O USU O O O O O O U

O U O UO U O U

* sT = = = = fa™ = = . = O s u *™ s e = s b s * * e* sT = = = = = fa ™ = =. = O s u * ™ s e = s b s * * e

I, 'J _p CMI, 'J _p CM

ΧΓ" +> CM 51 K\ 63 tS ro fO51 "+> CM 51 K \ 63 tS ro fO

^ M S ffi ^ fa cm 3 Wffifxj CM S ou o' uu O O O o O O ° -- ---—-S—^^ M S ffi ^ fa cm 3 Wffifxj CM S ou o 'uu O O O o O O ° - ---—- S— ^

æ S—Oæ S – O

^ ™ O CO^ O O CO

i; § = s = = = = s * af af __O_O_g_ f*\ .in; § = s = = = = s * of of __O_O_g_ f * \.

-CM I "ϊ—X “ — — E E - - “ — OS *>»**/-CM I "ϊ — X" - - E E - - "- OS *>» ** /

fa -P CM , -J r.^+j CMfa -P CM, -J r. ^ + j CM

S' a s’VpT “cl S S S I * ° ° ° 8 8 >J 8 8S 'a s'VpT «cl S S S I * ° ° ° 8 8> J 8 8

CMCM

fafew

S S eeese c = _ = SS S eeese c = _ = S

O . , __Oh. , __

22 DK 164404 B22 DK 164404 B

5» · -1 o5 »· -1 o

Cd --- - - - r = = = =Cd --- - - - r = = = =

,, CM CM,, CM CM

•P JU +5 tU• P JU +5 tU

-v- f°v fe _ ^ fe S itv fe (Λ fq S-v- f ° v fe _ ^ fe S itv fe (Λ fq S

οί M JJM fe CM o ffi ffi CM fe CM Oοί M JJM fe CM o fi fi fe CM fe CM O

oæooo O S O O Ooæooo O S O O O

o O o o —o O o o -

CMCM

nu m = = = = s Sv. = = = S i K 0—0—0 __j____now m = = = = s Sv. = = = S i K 0—0—0 __j____

mmmmmmmmmmm MHMMBsaH(z>cct=3aaMBBSxasssaMMHBesaE3^=s=tt3&SHMeBHEm3ESSB9S9HBB9SXBmmmmmmmmmmm MHMMBsaH (z> cct = 3aaMBBSxasssaMMHBesaE3 ^ = s = tt3 & SHMeBHEm3ESSB9S9HBB9SXB

- CM ' ?-T =rrs = - - r tf- CM '? -T = rrs = - - r tf

+3 -P CM+3 -P CM

_ fe cm Η æ ro, όΓ ™ g cm S B 33_ fe cm Η æ ro, g ™ g cm S B 33

^ O B tf 33 - fe O O O^ O B tf 33 - fe O O O

o O o o o o o -- »-I------'-—————————————— tf o s—cn o i M m rr- O O = tf = = = = tf εo O o o o o o - »-I ------'-—————————————— tf o s — cn o i M m rr- O O = tf = = = = tf ε

CM ΓΛ OCM ΓΛ O

tf tf Otf tf O.

--1-““- -- IS1 1 = = = =--1 - ““ - - IS1 1 = = = =

, +3 CM CM, +3 CM CM

fe (Λ fe ffi r f<~\ -P æfe (Λ fe fi r f <~ \ -P æ

,Γ «Μ fe cm S ffi _ fe fe S, Γ «Μ fe cm S fi _ _ fe fe S

tf tf O O O -1" O CM Otf tf O O O -1 ”O CM O

O O O O O OO O O O O O

OISLAND

— ’ Sf s = e pT? sT = ' · s = o 0—0—0- 'Sf s = e pT? sT = '· s = o 0—0—0

_- 23 -_DK 164404 B_- 23 -_DK 164404 B

I JT g~§In JT g ~ §

_ _ -3<K_ _ -3 <K

* “ = =* “= =

fe -P CMfe -P CM

-r- M JO OJ ,ΓΟ fe ® fOfe ΙΛ ΙΛ ro a a a a fe cm s a a cm fe a & OO O O O OffiOO ° o o o s a-r- M JO OJ, ΓΟ fe ® fOfe ΙΛ ΙΛ ro a a a a fe cm s a a cm fe a & OO O O O OffiOO ° o o o s a

O CM rCMO CM rCM

fri CM O fe k = - = = - o = = = a a x1 ° __o________ £> x / $ ? Q- = - = — =free CM O fe k = - = = - o = = = a a x1 ° __o________ £> x / $? Q- = - = - =

-t- JO rIA P CM (3¾ fO-t- JO rIA P CM (3¾ fO

a M k fø ω a m cm fe aoo cm s a a a o o o o o o o fri a=ss = ^>=ES: j*s\ .a M k fo ω a m cm fe aoo cm s a a a o o o o o o o free a = ss = ^> = ES: j * s \.

v Nf15 = = = =· == * Q~· - -v Nf15 = = = = = = = * Q ~ · - -

CMCM

fe +> a cm __ _ JO CM (A fe s (Ofe JO a rT a a a fe cm o a a cMfe -μ a a b* ooooo oaofeofe +> a cm __ _ JO CM (A fe s (Ofe JO a rT a a a fe cm o a a cMfe -µ a a b * ooooo oaofeo

Ο O CM OΟ O CM O

o ____ o__ . a a cm «3 CM s-oIsland Island__ . a and cm «3 CM s-o

rri ,ν Ο Ο o COrri, ν Ο Ο o CO

’ ffi CM CM ro o ffi a a :__ Ω_o'Ffi CM CM ro o ffi a a: __ Ω_o

24 DK 164404 B24 DK 164404 B

t ΞΕ ' " 1 ——-- - \ ?-å* .t ΞΕ '"1 ——-- - \? -å *.

? f ; s = - = - - o g 55 k æ ’κ? f; s = - = - - o g 55 k æ 'κ

CM ' CM fri CM C\JCM 'CM free CM C \ J

O λ O K^CJO SOO λ O K ^ CJO SO

f°»0 JT1'*'" ^ O * K ffi ΚΛΟ [0\ O Of ° »0 JT1 '*'" ^ O * K ffi ΚΛΟ [0 \ O O

s_l ffi ^ cm OOSIKV^ cm O—O—O ffi 0—0—0 s __j_O_I_o 1 1 >“Ββ*"1*“ΐΜ"——β*β«βββΒΒβΒββ*ββ= III 1HHIMaEBnaninMlalKt δ* i1 -CM · /-u _ cd - - = = = = = = = = -P -μ cm fe __ H cvi fe H K cm to _T cm g _ fO w ro cm s _ JOS fri æ o s s ffiSfri o o æ æ o o o o oo o o o o o s ®,s_l ffi ^ cm OOSIKV ^ cm O — O — O ffi 0—0—0 s __j_O_I_o 1 1> “Ββ *" 1 * “ΐΜ" —— β * β «βββΒΒβΒββ * ββ = III 1HHIMaEBnaninMlalKt δ * i1 -CM · / -u _ cd - - = = = = = = = = -P -µ cm fe __ H cvi fe HK cm to _T cm g _ fO w ro cm s _ JOS free æ ffiSfree oo æ æ oooo oo ooooos ® .

o CMo CM

K Sr— C CM = = = C fc O - - -K Sr— C CM = = = C fc O - - -

35 O35 O

o Wo W

_______o________island_

= uT1 X= uT1 X

Ϋ o 00 a<_/*"x = = =1 /1-° = = = = = = -P CM ,, CM· f^fri, hk fri £ a V- K (Μ ΙΛ CM S tO| CM ίΛ W gΫ o 00 a <_ / * "x = = = 1 / 1- ° = = = = = = -P CM ,, CM · f ^ free, hk free £ a V- K (Μ ΙΛ CM S tO | CM ίΛ W g

cd OKH o o W KKfri cm g jUcd OKH o o W KKfri cm g jU

OO O O O O O O q --Tv]-1-:- 35 o S—co ^ K o o Λ * CM ίΛ υ 35 35 ___CJ_i__________________ __.__~ _OO O O O O O O q --Tv] -1 -: - 35 o S — co ^ K o o Λ * CM ίΛ υ 35 35 ___CJ_i__________________ __.__ ~ _

25 DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

ofof

Ctj 4-3 Eli 44Ctj 4-3 Eli 44

cd * ffiffiCMKWffiffi CMcd * ffiffiCMKWffiffi CM

o o o o o o o o u ffi ffi™ fovix * u=v _ _ _ v^> = £ O - s_I_ J ~ ~~n ^\5= , = = = = = ΐ'Λ = = . -o o o o o o o o u ffi ffi ™ fovix * u = v _ _ _ v ^> = £ O - s_I_ J ~ ~~ n ^ \ 5 =, = = = = = ΐ'Λ = =. -

k/' Mk / 'M

+3+3

C\J (xj CMC \ J (xj CM

“ Γ- 4-3 ffi KS ffi K"\ CM ffi ffi H S ffi ffi CM ffi O g ffi = = =“Γ- 4-3 ffi KS ffi K" \ CM ffi ffi H S ffi ffi CM ffi O g ffi = = =

CM O ϋ ffi ϋ O OCM O ϋ fi fi O O

O O O OO O O O

OISLAND

K ffi CM - _ CM ffi—O f°> CM ffiK ffi CM - _ CM ffi — O f °> CM ffi

- ° O CO _ K fø CM- ° O CO _ K fo CM

ffi O s O O = = = = = ffi u ffi o cm cm ro o kno r ffi ffi ffi ffi I ffi __O_o _o—tp-o nsnuMasss a—qc—wgawsgsggsgggassJWsnrTTJrxtt ,. i'iz.’''",“i”- ·τ. .— .ι-ϊ^^?ΐΓΚΐΓΓΐΓ",ΤΓΊ·ι· ' »y^·— l » W«~r~iri Ϊffi O s O O = = = = = ffi u ffi o cm cm ro o kno r ffi ffi ffi ffi I ffi __O_o _o — tp-o nsnuMasss a — qc — wgawsgsggsgggassJWsnrTTJrxtt ,. i'iz. '"", "i" - · τ. .- .ι-ϊ ^^? ΐΓΚΐΓΓΐΓ ", ΤΓΊ · ι ·'" y ^ · - l »W« ~ r ~ iri Ϊ

DJDJ

*S\ I..........* S \ I ..........

of ζΗ.....----- _ aP^CM W CM fO^CM - ^ +>or ζΗ .....----- _ aP ^ CM W CM fO ^ CM - ^ +>

qT O ffi^ CM ffi ffi ffi ffi ft W- s SqT O ffi ^ CM ffi ffi ffi ffi ft W- s S

“" S ^ O ffi O O O CM O ffi“" S ^ O ffi O O O CM O ffi

O O O O OO O O O O

O OISLAND ISLAND

CM S3CM S3

ffi CMffi CM

ffi Κ\= S = = ffi= = s = = Os ffi - O ίΛΟ (Λ O ffi I ffiffi Κ \ = S = = ffi = = s = = Os ffi - O ίΛΟ (Λ O ffi I ffi

O—O—OO-O-O

__I___IN_

__' 26 ~_DK 164404 B__ '26 ~ _DK 164404 B

= = -ζ)™' = = = = = == = -ζ) ™ '= = = = = = =

-P-P

* τ— ΓΟ ΪΧι tO (¾* τ— ΓΟ ΪΧι tO (¾

Cd W ffi CM fc CM æ s: s = = = = rCd W ffi CM fc CM æ s: s = = = = r

O X O O O OO X O O O O

---W-ΕΠ—CM--- W-ΕΠ-CM

. S _cm a _ a s-o. S _cm a _ a s-o

- fOfe CM a CM O CQ- fOfe CM and CM O CQ

cd 0=0 _ ten: o ^ o ooo I = = = = a o o too to cm o ( tocd 0 = 0 _ ten: o ^ o ooo I = = = = a o o too to cm o (to

CM W I ffi W CM CMWCM W I ffi W CM CMW

EC 0-0-0 O aw --Ώ.-1_o o _ — -«r% = = r\J= = = = = = =EC 0-0-0 O aw --Ώ.-1_o o _ - - «r% = = r \ J = = = = = = = =

Cd έ^/ øj" w = - . fT S +3 = = = = =Cd έ ^ / ey "w = -. FT S +3 = = = = =

^ O CM HO CM H

OISLAND

OISLAND

a cm a cm a fe cm . a ^ a o a _ ro cm o O\o at X o o o=o = a a a too to cm ^ cm cm ooaiaa a a o—o—o o __o_o_1_in cm and cm and fe cm. a ^ a o a _ ro cm o O \ o at X o o o = o = a a a too to cm ^ cm cm ooaiaa a a o — o — o o __o_o_1_

I * uPI * uP

f*\~k = = = .=.....f * \ ~ k = = = =. = .....

a ^ •μ fe W CM (x,a ^ • µ fe W CM (x,

_ _ CM m CM a tOfr, fO -P to CM_ _ CM m CM a tOfr, fO -P to CM

^ra h o g a acMfc w . a aa o u o o o a o cm oo o o o o^ ra h o g a acMfc w. a aa o u o o o a o cm oo o o o o

æcs CMæcs CM

0 a a ^s, “ o 0=0 I o] 02 ίΤΙΐΤ® B = i == = = = = o-o-o CM J3 5° 1 a >.> o __!_L2_!_0 a a ^ s, “o 0 = 0 I o] 02 ίΤΙΐΤ® B = i == = = = = o-o-o CM J3 5 ° 1 a>.> O __! _ L2 _! _

7 ' DK 164404 B7 'DK 164404 B

p_ __p_ __

. 7 °V. 7 ° F

-.K-= = = = = == = = H = cc ^-.K- = = = = = == = = H = cc ^

fOfO

ΖΓ E= = r = == = = ffi = fo ffi o ' —να S g g w oj ’ Η—K c\i S cm S—O ffi tf O—O fOl CM O ^ o O O CO 0—0 ΓΟ «Læ κ fo roo ro^" cm o o o i tfΖΓ E = = r = == = = ffi = fo ffi o '—να S ggw oj' Η — K c \ i S cm S — O ffi tf O — O fOl CM O ^ o OO CO 0—0 ΓΟ « Læ κ fo roo ro ^ „cm oooi tf

K O K ffi I IB tf CM I ^ CM ® OK O K ffi I IB tf CM I ^ CM ® O

I g o o o—o o æ g --!- o i_ -*w Q-5 C^-1 = = == = = = = ro -x- gI g o o o - o o æ g -! - o i_ - * w Q-5 C ^ -1 = = == = = = = ro -x- g

Oig>- - = == = -- ^Oig> - - = == = - ^

—----—--- Hi CM—----—--- Hi CM

tf tf CM tf CM £ CM tf Xtf tf CM tf CM £ CM tf X

CM tf-O CM S O S-O 0=0CM tf-O CM S O S-O 0 = 0

O O CO tf fo o ^ o O OWIO O CO tf fo o ^ o O OWI

X o o o CM roo KV^· cm cm O o cm tf CM CM ro SKIK KW CM ro tf tf tf tf O 0—0—0 O O tf tf o _ O O_I_ o.l_ —- — — I» ““ 1 i " CM I 5-~x " - “ = = ’ = X ^sj/ 2':λ ro -p fo ro -p - r- fo W tf ro cm fo w ro fo ro -pX ooo CM roo KV ^ · cm cm O o cm tf CM CM ro FIT KW CM ro tf tf tf tf O 0—0—0 OO tf tf o _ O O_I_ o.l_ —- - - I »“ “1 i "CM I 5- ~ x" - “= = '= X ^ sj / 2': λ ro -p fo ro -p - r- fo W tf ro cm fo w ro fo ro -p

BO cm tf tf O CM tf tf CM fo WBO cm tf tf O CM tf tf CM fo W

O O O o 6 ffi U CMO O O o 6 ffi U CM

O o O o I I .oO o O o I I .o

CM CMCM CM

g tf æ tf fo] § = = = = =1- = = - lTS Xx1 g1 B_S_g tf æ tf fo] § = = = = = 1- = = - lTS Xx1 g1 B_S_

_ _~ 28 ~_DK 164404 B_ _ ~ 28 ~ _DK 164404 B

I JR., . _U. | * Ύ ---- ^-=- = K == = K = o ffi kIn JR.,. _U. | * Ύ ---- ^ - = - = K == = K = o fi k

- <M OJ <M K fA- <M OJ <M K fA

X a Ο ΓΑ CM O KX a ΓΑ ΓΑ CM O K

® ® fa f°»o ro o® ® fa f ° »o ro o

Ο K I K O ffi K | KΟ K I K O fi K | K

0-0-0 O 0—0—0 --1-1_ . .«η- -===== .0-0-0 O 0—0—0 --1-1_. . «Η- - =====.

cdCD

- V sP- V sP

cd o = = == = = =cd o = = == = = = =

COCO

-" -----—-- ; cm x, x κ <m o w „ CM CM S—O K=0 fa O ^ S OOcqi- "-----—--; cm x, x κ <m o w" CM CM S — O K = 0 fa O ^ S OOcqi

cn X CM fAO fAOv. Ο ο Ο O CMcn X CM fAO fAOv. CM ο Ο O CM

O K ffi I K CM CM CM ΙΛΪ • O 0-0-0 ffi K æ ffi O __!_OOP_I_ -^r\.l= = ==== =O K ffi I K CM CM CM ΙΛΪ • O 0-0-0 ffi K æ ffi O __! _ OOP_I_ - ^ r \ .l = = ==== =

fe tA-Pfe tA-P

“ _ n CM fc W fA fe“_ N CM fc W fA fe

Cd ® ® O CM K K CMCd ® ® O CM K K CM

^ O O O OK^ O O O OK

O OISLAND ISLAND

® ¢1 f ® ^ V^S = = == 0=0= = ί ' · af __^_a_® ¢ 1 f ® ^ V ^ S = = == 0 = 0 = = ί '· by __ ^ _ a_

29 DK 164404 B29 DK 164404 B

R' Ry R2' chf2 h -or*R 'Ry R2' chf2 h -or *

CH, VCH, V

| 3 H| 3 H

-<j-co2h » " ch3 H CH3 CH, " " 3 chf2 " " ch3 -c-co9h » " I d ch3 H CH2F " CH3 tt CHF2 " " <Ps -C-COpH " " ch3 -CH0-CH " " « CH, " 3 ti H " « ch3 " ch2cnh2 " " o I. H " H s-ch2 C0NH2 CH3 " . H " CHF2 " " CH3 -t-COpH " " y II ” ch2cn " :h2co2h " "- <j-co2h »" ch3 H CH3 CH, "" 3 chf2 "" ch3 -c-co9h »" I d ch3 H CH2F "CH3 tt CHF2" "<Ps -C-COpH" "ch3 -CH0-CH" "" CH, "3 ti H" "ch3" ch2cnh2 "" o I. H "H s-ch2 C0NH2 CH3". H "CHF2" "CH3 -t-COpH" "y II" ch2cn ": h2co2h" "

- 30 DK 164404 B- 30 DK 164404 B

R' R'^ R'2 "S~FH2 JT% :hpconh conhq <- I d \ H3CS02 « :h,3-ch « · " 2 π CH2 . " CHoCNHo " " j 2lt 2 0 - 31 -R 'R' ^ R'2 "S ~ FH2 JT%: hpconh conhq <- I d \ H3CS02«: h, 3-ch «·" 2 π CH2. "CHoCNHo" "j 2lt 2 0 - 31 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

EKSEMPEL·!; (3SR, 4RS)-3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)-2-methoxy-iminoacetyl)-amino)-4-methyl-1-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon, syn-isomer.EXAMPLE·!; (3SR, 4RS) -3 - ((2- (2-Aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxy-iminoacetyl) amino) -4-methyl-1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2- azetidinone, syn-isomer.

a) Hydrochlorid af (3SR, 4RS)-3-amino-4-methyl-1- (1H-5 tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon.a) Hydrochloride of (3SR, 4RS) -3-amino-4-methyl-1- (1H-5-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone.

Man opvarmer til tilbagesvaling en opløsning af 990 mg (3SR, 4RS)-hydrochlorid af 3-amino-4-methyl-l-(2-(phenylmethyl)- 2-H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon i 30 ml ethanol, hvorpå man tilsætter 800 mg palladium på kul (18%) i 5 ml ethanol.To a reflux, a solution of 990 mg (3SR, 4RS) hydrochloride of 3-amino-4-methyl-1- (2- (phenylmethyl) -2-H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone in heating is heated. ethanol (800 ml) is then added to coal (18%) in 5 ml of ethanol.

10 Man lader en hydrogenstrøm passere i 15 min. under til bagesvaling, hvorpå man filtrerer og afdamper under formindsket tryk. Der fås 692 mg af den forventede forbindelse.A hydrogen stream is allowed to pass for 15 minutes. under reflux, then filter and evaporate under reduced pressure. 692 mg of the expected compound is obtained.

b) Blandet anhydrid mellem p-toluensulfonsyre og 2—(2— tritylaminothiazol-4-yl)-2-methoxyiminoeddikesyre, syn-isomer.b) Mixed anhydride between p-toluenesulfonic acid and 2- (2-tritylaminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyiminoacetic acid, syn isomer.

15 Man sætter 640 mg p-toluensulfonylchlorid til en opløs ning af 1,5 g 2-(2-tritylaminothiazol-4-yl)-2-methoxyiminoeddi-kesyre, syn-isomer, i 25 ml acetone og 0,5 ml triethylamin.640 mg of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride are added to a solution of 1.5 g of 2- (2-tritylaminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyiminoacetic acid, syn isomer, in 25 ml of acetone and 0.5 ml of triethylamine.

Man omrører 30 min. ved stuetemperatur.Stir for 30 min. at room temperature.

c) (3SR, 4RS)-3-((2-(2-tritylamino)-thiazol-4-yl)-2-me-20 thoxyiminoacetyl)-amino)-4-methyl-1-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azeti- dinon, syn-isomer.c) (3SR, 4RS) -3 - ((2- (2-tritylamino) -thiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxy-aminoacetyl) -amino) -4-methyl-1- (1H-tetrazole-5 -yl) -2-azetidinone, syn-isomer.

Den ovenfor opnåede opløsning hældes i en opløsning af 692 mg hydrochlorid af (3SR, 4RS)-3-amino-4-methyl-l-(1-tetra-zol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon i 30 ml acetonitril og 1,5 ml triethyl-25 amin. Man omrører ved stuetemperatur i 1½ time. Man tilsætter 0,5 ml eddikesyre, suger udfældningen fra, vasker den to gange med 2 ml acetone, og efter tørring får man et første udbytte på 460 mg af den forventede forbindelse. Filtratet inddampes under formindsket tryk indtil 5 ml, og man optager i 50 ml ethyl-30 acetat. Man vasker med 10 ml vand, tørrer den organiske fase og inddamper under formindsket tryk. Man optager forbindelsen i 5 ml ethylacetat, og rører om og isafkøler. Efter krystallisation 1½ time ved 0°C suger man fra, vasker krystallerne to gange med 3 ml acetone og derefter med æter. Man får således 35 et andet udbytte på 555 mg af den forventede forbindelse, som er identisk med det første udbytte. Man forener de to - 32 -The solution obtained above is poured into a solution of 692 mg of hydrochloride of (3SR, 4RS) -3-amino-4-methyl-1- (1-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone in 30 ml of acetonitrile and 1 , 5 ml of triethyl 25 amine. Stir at room temperature for 1½ hours. 0.5 ml of acetic acid is added, the precipitate is sucked off, washed twice with 2 ml of acetone, and after drying an initial yield of 460 mg of the expected compound is obtained. The filtrate is evaporated under reduced pressure to 5 ml and taken up in 50 ml of ethyl acetate. Wash with 10 ml of water, dry the organic phase and evaporate under reduced pressure. The compound is taken up in 5 ml of ethyl acetate and stirred and ice-cooled. After crystallization, vacuum for 1½ hours at 0 ° C, wash the crystals twice with 3 ml of acetone and then with ether. Thus, a second yield of 555 mg of the expected compound which is identical to the first yield is obtained. You unite the two - 32 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

udbytter på ialt 1,015 g forbindelse. SMP ca. 200°C.yields a total of 1.015 g of compound. SMP approx. 200 ° C.

d) (3SR, 4RS)-3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)-2-methoxyimino-acetyl)-amino)-4-methyl-l-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon, syn-isomer.d) (3SR, 4RS) -3 - ((2- (2-Aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyimino-acetyl) -amino) -4-methyl-1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) - 2-azetidinone, syn-isomer.

5 Man opvarmer til 50°C i 30 min. de ovenfor opnåede 1,015 g forbindelseri 5 ml 66%'s myresyre. Man frafiltrerer det udfældede triphenyl-carbinol og vasker med 2 ml 66%'s myresyre og derefter med 2 ml vand. Man fortynder filtratet med 25 ml vand og inddamper under formindsket tryk til ca. 5 ml. Man fra-10 suger de dannede krystaller, vasker dem med vand og derefter med 3 x 2,5 ml methanol og endelig med æter. Forbindelsen tørres ved 70°C i 4 timer under formindsket tryk. Der fås endelig 471 mg af den forventede forbindelse med SMP over 260°C og Rf=0,25, elueringsmiddel: ethylacetat, ethanol og vand (70:20: 15 10) .5 Heat to 50 ° C for 30 min. the above obtained 1.015 g of compound in 5 ml of 66% formic acid. The precipitated triphenyl carbinol is filtered off and washed with 2 ml of 66% formic acid and then with 2 ml of water. The filtrate is diluted with 25 ml of water and evaporated under reduced pressure to approx. 5 ml. The crystals formed are suctioned off, washed with water and then with 3 x 2.5 ml of methanol and finally with ether. The compound is dried at 70 ° C for 4 hours under reduced pressure. Finally, 471 mg of the expected compound is obtained with SMP above 260 ° C and Rf = 0.25, eluent: ethyl acetate, ethanol and water (70:20: 15 10).

Analyse: C-^ H·^ Ng 0^ S = 351,34 Beregnet: C% 37,6 H% 3,73 S% 9,12 Fundet: 37,2 3,7 8,8 (3SR, 4RS)-hydrochlorid af 3-amino-4-methyl-1-(2-(phenyl-20 methyl)-2-H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon fremstilles som følger: a) N-(1-methoxy ethyl)-2-(phenyl-methyl)-2H-tetrazol-5- amin.Analysis: C- HH · ^NgO₂S = 351.34 Calculated: C% 37.6 H% 3.73 S% 9.12 Found: 37.2 3.7 8.8 (3SR, 4RS) - hydrochloride of 3-amino-4-methyl-1- (2- (phenyl-methyl) -2-H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone is prepared as follows: a) N- (1-methoxyethyl) -2- (phenylmethyl) -2H-tetrazole-5-amine.

Man omrører i 18 timer ved stuetemperatur en blanding af 15 g 2-benzyl-5-amino-tetrazol fremstillet ifølge JACS, 76, 25 923 (1954) i 300 ml methanol og 15 ml rent acetaldehyd. Man inddamper under formindsket tryk indtil 25-30 g og eluerer derefter på en søjle med 400 g silicagel med æter indeholdende 0,5% triethylamin. Der fås til slut 18,8 g af den forventede forbindelse med SMP ca. 60°C og Rf=0,6, elueringsmiddel: æter 30 tilsat 0,5% triethylamin.A mixture of 15 g of 2-benzyl-5-amino-tetrazole prepared according to JACS, 76, 25923 (1954) in 300 ml of methanol and 15 ml of pure acetaldehyde is stirred for 18 hours at room temperature. Evaporate under reduced pressure to 25-30 g and then elute on a column of 400 g of silica gel with ether containing 0.5% triethylamine. Finally, 18.8 g of the expected compound with SMP is obtained approx. 60 ° C and Rf = 0.6, eluent: ether added 0.5% triethylamine.

b) N-ethyliden-2- (phenyl-methyl) -2H-tetrazol-5-amin.b) N-Ethylidene-2- (phenylmethyl) -2H-tetrazol-5-amine.

Man opvarmer til tilbagesvaling 4,78 g af den ovenfor opnåede forbindelse i 100 ml xylen. Man destillerer ved konstant rumfang ved tilsætning af rent xylen. Man afdestillérer 35 således 100 ml i løbet af 30 min. Efter 30 min. forløb afdamper man opløsningsmidlet under formindsket tryk og tørrer til konstant vægt under formindsket tryk. Der fås således 4,18 g afTo the reflux, 4.78 g of the compound obtained above is heated in 100 ml of xylene. Distill at constant volume with the addition of pure xylene. Thus, 35 ml are distilled off in 30 minutes. After 30 min. During the process, the solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure and dried to constant weight under reduced pressure. 4.18 g is thus obtained

DK 164404BDK 164404B

- 33 - den forventede forbindelse/ som krystalliserer.- 33 - the expected compound / which crystallizes.

c) (2SR, 3SR) og (2SR, 3RS)-2-amino-3-(2-(phenyl-methyl) -2-H-tetrazol-5-yl-amino)-butansyre-methylester.c) (2SR, 3SR) and (2SR, 3RS) -2-amino-3- (2- (phenylmethyl) -2-H-tetrazol-5-yl-amino) -butanoic acid methyl ester.

Man afkøler til -60°C en opløsning under argon af 10 ml 5 diisopropylamin i 100 ml vandfrit tetrahydrofuran og tilsætter i løbet af 5 min. 40 ml 15% butyllithium i hexan.A solution was cooled to -60 ° C under argon of 10 ml of 5 diisopropylamine in 100 ml of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran and added over 5 minutes. 40 ml of 15% butyllithium in hexane.

Temperaturen stiger til -30°C. Man omrører 5 min. v.ed -30°C, vender tilbage til -50°C og tilsætter langsomt 11,5 g methyl-ester af N-(benzyliden)-glycin i 30 ml tetrahydrofuran. Man 10 omrører 10 min. ved -50°C og tilsætter derpå atter 13 g N- ethyliden-2-(phenyl-methyl)-2H-tetrazol-5-amin i 20 ml tetrahydrofuran. Man lader temperaturen stige til -30°C og omrører ved denne temperatur i 30 min. og hælder derpå opløsningen i en blanding af 130 ml 2N saltsyre og 520 ml vand. Man omrører 15 30 min. ved stuetemperatur. Man vasker opløsningen med æter og tilsætter derpå koncentreret ammoniakvand indtil en pH-værdi på 8,5-9. Man ekstraherer med methylenchlorid og tørrer derpå. Filtratet inddampes under formindsket tryk. Der fås således 19 g harpiks, som man chromatograferer under tryk på silica-20 gel under eluering med en blanding af methylenchlorid, methanol og koncentreret ammoniakvand (97,5:2,5:0,4). Der fås af størrelsesordenen 7,22 g trans-forbindelse og 3,9 g cis-forbindelse.The temperature rises to -30 ° C. Stir for 5 min. at -30 ° C, return to -50 ° C and slowly add 11.5 g of methyl ester of N- (benzylidene) glycine in 30 ml of tetrahydrofuran. Stir for 10 min. at -50 ° C and then again add 13 g of N-ethylidene-2- (phenylmethyl) -2H-tetrazol-5-amine in 20 ml of tetrahydrofuran. The temperature is allowed to rise to -30 ° C and stirred at this temperature for 30 minutes. and then pour the solution into a mixture of 130 ml of 2N hydrochloric acid and 520 ml of water. The mixture is stirred for 30 minutes. at room temperature. The solution is washed with ether and then concentrated ammonia water is added to a pH of 8.5-9. Extract with methylene chloride and then dry. The filtrate is evaporated under reduced pressure. There are thus obtained 19 g of resin which is chromatographed under pressure on silica gel eluting with a mixture of methylene chloride, methanol and concentrated ammonia water (97.5: 2.5: 0.4). There are available on the order of 7.22 g of trans compound and 3.9 g of cis compound.

d) (2SR, 3RS) -2-:( (triphenyl-methyl) -amino) -3-(2-phenyl-25 methyl)-2H-tetrazol-5-yl amino)-butansyre-methylester.d) (2SR, 3RS) -2- ((triphenylmethyl) amino) -3- (2-phenylmethyl) -2H-tetrazol-5-yl amino) -butanoic acid methyl ester.

Man opvarmer til tilbagesvaling i 16 timer en blanding af 6 g cis-forbindelse fremstillet ovenfor og 7 g tritylchlorid i 60 ml tetrahydrofuran og 4,2 ml trietylamin og lader derpå genantage stuetemperatur og filtrerer. Man inddamper under for-30 mindsket tryk og optager derpå i 200 ml methylenchlorid. Man vasker med vand, tørrer og inddamper til tørhed. Man chromatograf er er på silicagel under eluering med en blanding af hexan og ethylacetat (7:3). Man isolerer således 7,45 g af den forventede forbindelse med Rf=0,25 (hexan og ethylacetat (7:3)).Reflux for 16 hours is heated a mixture of 6 g of cis compound prepared above and 7 g of trityl chloride in 60 ml of tetrahydrofuran and 4.2 ml of triethylamine and then allowed to re-enter room temperature and filter. It is evaporated under reduced pressure and then taken up in 200 ml of methylene chloride. Wash with water, dry and evaporate to dryness. The chromatograph is on silica gel eluting with a mixture of hexane and ethyl acetate (7: 3). 7.45 g of the expected compound are thus isolated with R f = 0.25 (hexane and ethyl acetate (7: 3)).

35 e) (2SR, 3RS)-2-(tritylamino)-3-(2-(phenyl-methyl)-2H- tetrazol-5-yl-amino)-butansyre.E) (2SR, 3RS) -2- (tritylamino) -3- (2- (phenylmethyl) -2H-tetrazol-5-yl-amino) -butanoic acid.

Man opvarmer til tilbagesvaling i 40 timer en blanding af 7,45 g af den ovenfor opnåede forbindelse, 150 ml dioxan, - 34 -To reflux for 40 hours, a mixture of 7.45 g of the above-obtained compound, 150 ml of dioxane, is heated.

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

6 ml ION natriumhydroxydopløsning og 12 ml vand og inddamper derpå under formindsket tryk. Man optager i 150 ml vand, 150 ml ethylacetat og 30 ml 2N saltsyre. Man dekanterer, ekstraherer med ethylacetat og tørrer. Man inddamper til tørhed. Man opta-5 ger krystallerne i æther, isafkøler, suger fra og vasker med æter og tørrer derpå ved 60°C i 18 timer. Man isolerer således 6,22 g hvide krystaller med smeltepunkt ca. 200°C.6 ml of ION sodium hydroxide solution and 12 ml of water and then evaporate under reduced pressure. It is taken up in 150 ml of water, 150 ml of ethyl acetate and 30 ml of 2N hydrochloric acid. Decant, extract with ethyl acetate and dry. Evaporates to dryness. The crystals are taken up in ether, ice-cooled, suctioned and washed with ether and then dried at 60 ° C for 18 hours. 6.22 g of white crystals with melting point are thus isolated. 200 ° C.

f) (3SR, 4RS) -4-methyl-l-(2- (phenyl-methyl) -2H-tetrazol- 5-yl)-3-(tritylamino)-2-azetidinon.f) (3SR, 4RS) -4-methyl-1- (2- (phenylmethyl) -2H-tetrazol-5-yl) -3- (tritylamino) -2-azetidinone.

10 Man omrører i 2 min. ved stuetemperatur en opløsning af 4,88 g syre fremstillet ovenfor i 50 ml methylenchlorid og 2,4 g diazabicyclooctan, hvorpå man afkøler til -40°C. Derpå tilsætter man i løbet af 1 min. 9,5 ml., tosylchlorid (1M) i methylenchlorid. Man omrører 15 min. ved -40°C og lader derpå 15 temperaturen stige til 0°C i løbet af 1 time. Man vasker med vand, tørrer og inddamper under formindsket tryk.Stir for 2 min. at room temperature a solution of 4.88 g of acid prepared above in 50 ml of methylene chloride and 2.4 g of diazabicyclooctane is cooled to -40 ° C. Then add in 1 min. 9.5 ml., Tosyl chloride (1M) in methylene chloride. Stir for 15 min. at -40 ° C and then allowing the temperature to rise to 0 ° C over 1 hour. Wash with water, dry and evaporate under reduced pressure.

Man chromatograferer resten på silicagel under eluering med en blanding af isopropylæfcher og methylenchlorid (5:95).The residue is chromatographed on silica gel eluting with a mixture of isopropyl apples and methylene chloride (5:95).

Der fås således 1,99 g af den forventede forbindelse. Rf=0,40, 20 elueringsmiddel: isopropylæfcher og methylenchlorid (5:95).Thus, 1.99 g of the expected compound is obtained. Rf = 0.40, eluent: isopropyl apples and methylene chloride (5:95).

g) (3SR, 4RS)-hydrochlorid af 3-amino-4-methyl-l-(2-(phenyl-methyl) -2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon.g) (3SR, 4RS) hydrochloride of 3-amino-4-methyl-1- (2- (phenylmethyl) -2H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone.

Man omrører i 15 min. ved stuetemperatur en blanding af 1,97 g af det ovenfor under f) fremstillede stof, 20 ml methylen-25 chlorid og 1 ral 8M saltsyre i methanol. Man inddamper under formindsket tryk, optager i 5 ml methylenchlorid og hælder i 50 ml ether under kraftig omrøring. Den forventede forbindelse fielder ud. Man suger fra, vasker med ether og tørrer derpå under formindsket tryk ved 60°C i 2 timer. Man får 1,02 g af 30 den forventede forbindelse (SMP ca. 200°C), Rf=0,4, eluerings-middel: methylenchlorid, methanol og koncentreret ammoniakvand (96:4:0,5%) .Stir for 15 min. at room temperature a mixture of 1.97 g of the substance prepared under f), 20 ml of methylene chloride and 1 ml of 8M hydrochloric acid in methanol. It is evaporated under reduced pressure, taken up in 5 ml of methylene chloride and poured into 50 ml of ether with vigorous stirring. The expected connection feels out. Suck, wash with ether and then dry under reduced pressure at 60 ° C for 2 hours. 1.02 g of the expected compound are obtained (SMP about 200 ° C), Rf = 0.4, eluent: methylene chloride, methanol and concentrated ammonia water (96: 4: 0.5%).

EKSEMPEL· 2: (3SR, 4SR)-3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)-2-methoxy-35 imino-acetyl) -amino) -4-methyl-l- (lH-tetrazol-5—yl) -2-acetidi-non.EXAMPLE 2: (3SR, 4SR) -3 - ((2- (2-Aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxy-imino-acetyl) -amino) -4-methyl-1- (1H-tetrazole) 5-yl) -2-acetidione.

a) hydrochlorid af (3SR, 4SR)-3-amino-4-methyl-l-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon.a) Hydrochloride of (3SR, 4SR) -3-amino-4-methyl-1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone.

- 35 -- 35 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

Man arbejder som i trin a) i eksempel 1 ud fra 495 mg hydrochlorid af (3SR, 4SR)-3-amino-4-methyl-l-(2-(phenyl-methyl) -2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon og får 361 mg af den forventede forbindelse.As in step a) of Example 1, one works from 495 mg of hydrochloride of (3SR, 4SR) -3-amino-4-methyl-1- (2- (phenylmethyl) -2H-tetrazol-5-yl) - 2-azetidinone and receive 361 mg of the expected compound.

5 b) (3SR, 4SR)-3-((2-(2-tritylamino-(thiazol-4-yl)-2- methoxyimino-acetyl)-amino)-4-methyl-l-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon.B) (3SR, 4SR) -3 - ((2- (2-tritylamino- (thiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyimino-acetyl) -amino) -4-methyl-1- (1H-tetrazole-5 -yl) -2-azetidinone.

Man hælder en suspension af blandet anhydrid af p-toluen-sulfonsyre og 2-(2-tritylamino-4-thiazolyl)-2-methoxyimino-eddi-10 kesyre, syn-isomer, fremstillet som angivet i trin b) i eksempel 1 ud fra 450 mg 2-(2-tritylamino-thiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxy-imino-eddikesyre, syn-isomer, og 190 mg p-toluensulfonylchlo-rid i en opløsning af 209 mghydrochlorid af (3SR, 4SR)-3-amino- 4-methyl-l-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon i 25 ml acetonitril 15 og 0,45 ml trietylamin. Man omrører 16 timer ved stuetemperatur og tilsætter derpå 0,2 ml eddikesyre og inddamper under formindsket tryk. Man optager i 60 ml ethylacetat, vasker med vand og tørrer derpå den organiske fase. Man inddamper til tørhed, optager i 3 ml ethylacetat, og rører om og lader krystallisere.A suspension of mixed anhydride of p-toluene sulfonic acid and 2- (2-tritylamino-4-thiazolyl) -2-methoxyimino-acetic acid, syn isomer, prepared as in step b) in Example 1 is poured out. from 450 mg of 2- (2-tritylamino-thiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxy-imino-acetic acid, syn isomer, and 190 mg of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride in a solution of 209 mg hydrochloride of (3SR, 4SR) - 3-Amino-4-methyl-1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone in 25 ml of acetonitrile and 0.45 ml of triethylamine. Stir for 16 hours at room temperature, then add 0.2 ml of acetic acid and evaporate under reduced pressure. It is taken up in 60 ml of ethyl acetate, washed with water and then dried over the organic phase. It is evaporated to dryness, taken up in 3 ml of ethyl acetate and stirred and allowed to crystallize.

20 Efter 2 timers forløb ved 0°C suger man fra. Udfældningen vaskes med ethylacetat og derefter med æter. Der fås således 0,21 g af den forventede forbindelse, Rf=0,4, elueringsmiddel: ethylacetat, ethanol og vand (70:20:10).20 After 2 hours at 0 ° C, suction. The precipitate is washed with ethyl acetate and then with ether. There is thus obtained 0.21 g of the expected compound, Rf = 0.4, eluent: ethyl acetate, ethanol and water (70:20:10).

c) (3SR, 4SR)-3((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)-2-methoxyimino-25 acetyl)-amino)-4-methyl-l-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon.c) (3SR, 4SR) -3 ((2- (2-Aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyimino-acetyl) -amino) -4-methyl-1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) - 2-azetidinone.

Man opvarmer til 50°C i 15 min. 190 mg af den ovenfor opnåede forbindelse i 1,5 ml 65S's myresyre. Man lader genantage stuetemperatur i løbet af Jo min. og tilsætter derpå 2 ml vand og filtrerer. Man inddamper filtrat under formindsket tryk, optager resten i 4 ml absolut ethanol og inddamper under formind-30 sket tryk. Man gentager denne operation 3 gange og optager resten i 2,5 ml acetone. Man iagttager en opløsning og derefter en krystallisation. Man isafkøler 30 min. og suger derpå fra. Krystallerne vaskes med æter og tørres derefter under formindsket tryk ved 40°C. Der fås således 75 mg af den forventede forbindel-35 se med SMP ca. 220°C og Rf=0,25, elueringsmiddel: ethylacetat, ethanol og vand (70:20:10).Heat to 50 ° C for 15 minutes. 190 mg of the compound obtained above in 1.5 ml of 65S formic acid. It is allowed to re-enter room temperature during Jo min. then adding 2 ml of water and filtering. The filtrate is evaporated under reduced pressure, the residue is taken up in 4 ml of absolute ethanol and evaporated under reduced pressure. This operation is repeated 3 times and the remainder is taken up in 2.5 ml of acetone. A solution and then a crystallization are observed. One is cooled for 30 min. and then sucks. The crystals are washed with ether and then dried under reduced pressure at 40 ° C. Thus, 75 mg of the expected compound with SMP is obtained approx. 220 ° C and Rf = 0.25, eluent: ethyl acetate, ethanol and water (70:20:10).

- 36 -- 36 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

(3SR, 4SR)- hydrochloridet af 3-amino-4-methyl-l-(2-(phenyl-methyl)-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon fremstilles som følger: a) (2SR, 3SR)-2-(tritylamino)-3-(2-(phenyl-methyl)-2-H-5 tetrazol-5-yl-amino)-butansyre-methylester.(3SR, 4SR) - The hydrochloride of 3-amino-4-methyl-1- (2- (phenylmethyl) -2H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone is prepared as follows: a) (2SR, 3SR) -2- (tritylamino) -3- (2- (phenylmethyl) -2-H-tetrazol-5-yl-amino) -butanoic acid methyl ester.

Man arbejder som angivet i trin d) i præparationen efter eksempel 1 ud fra 7 g trans-forbindelse fra trin c) i præparationen i eksempel 1 og 8 g tritylchlorid. Der fås 9r42 g af den forventede forbindelse med SMP ca. 160°C og Rf=0,25, elue-10 ringsmiddel: hexan og ethylacetat (7:3).As indicated in step d), in the preparation of Example 1, one is employed from 7 g of trans compound from step c) in the preparation of Examples 1 and 8 g of trityl chloride. 9r42 g of the expected compound with SMP is obtained approx. 160 ° C and Rf = 0.25, eluent: hexane and ethyl acetate (7: 3).

b) (2SRf 3SR)-3-(2-(phenyl-methyl)-2H-tetrazol-5-yl-amino)- 2-(tritylamino)-butansyre.b) (2SRf 3SR) -3- (2- (phenylmethyl) -2H-tetrazol-5-yl-amino) -2- (tritylamino) -butanoic acid.

Man arbejder som angivet i trin e) i præparationen i eksempel 1 ud fra 9,42 g af forbindelsen ovenfor. Der fås 8,3 g af den 15 forventede forbindelse. SMP ca. 200°C.As described in step e) of the preparation of Example 1, 9.42 g of the compound above is used. 8.3 g of the 15 expected compound are obtained. SMP approx. 200 ° C.

c) (3SR, 4SR)-4-methyl-l-(2-(phenyl-methyl)-2H-tetrazol- 5-yl)-3-((triphenyl-methyl)-amino)-2-azetidinon.c) (3SR, 4SR) -4-methyl-1- (2- (phenylmethyl) -2H-tetrazol-5-yl) -3 - ((triphenylmethyl) amino) -2-azetidinone.

Man arbejder som angivet i trin f) i præparationen i eksempel 1 ud fra 8,3 g af den ovenfor fremstillede forbindelse. Der 20 fås 3 g af den forventede forbindelse.As indicated in step f), in the preparation of Example 1, 8.3 g of the compound prepared above is used. 20 g of the expected compound are obtained.

d) (3SR, 4SR) - hydrochlorid af 3-amino-4-methyl-l-^C2-(phenyl -methyl)-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon.d) (3SR, 4SR) - hydrochloride of 3-amino-4-methyl-1- [2- (phenylmethyl) -2H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone.

Man arbejder som angivet i trin g) i præparationen i eksempel 1 ud fra 1,7 g af den ovenfor fremstillede forbindelse. Der 25 fås 790 mg af den forventede forbindelse.As described in step g), in the preparation of Example 1, one is employed from 1.7 g of the compound prepared above. 790 mg of the expected compound are obtained.

EKSEMPEL 3: (3S)-3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)-2-methoxyimino-acetyl)-amino)-l-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon.Example 3: (3S) -3 - ((2- (2-Aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyiminoacetyl) amino) -1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone.

a) (3S)-3-((2-tritylamino-thiazol-4-yl)-2-methoxyimino-30 acetyl) -amino) -1- (lH-tetrazol-5-yl.) -2-azetidinon.a) (3S) -3 - ((2-Tritylamino-thiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyimino-acetyl) -amino) -1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone.

Man arbejder som angivet i trin c) i eksempel 1 ud fra 660 mg hydrochlorid af (3S)-3-amino-l-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon og det blandede anhydrid af p-toluen-sulfonsyre og 2-(2-tritylamino thiazol-4-yl)-2-methoxyimino-eddikesyre, syn-35 isomer, fremstillet som angivet i trin b) i eksempel 1, til opnåelse af den forventede forbindelse. SMP ca. 220°C, Rf=0,4, elueringsmiddel: ethylacetat, ethanol og vand (70:20:10).As described in step c) of Example 1, one works from 660 mg of hydrochloride of (3S) -3-amino-1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone and the mixed anhydride of p-toluene sulfonic acid and 2- (2-tritylamino thiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyimino-acetic acid, syn isomer, prepared as indicated in step b) of Example 1, to give the expected compound. SMP approx. 220 ° C, Rf = 0.4, eluent: ethyl acetate, ethanol and water (70:20:10).

- 37 -- 37 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

b) (3S)-3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)-2-methoxyimino acetyl)-amino)-1-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon.b) (3S) -3 - ((2- (2-Aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyiminoacetyl) amino) -1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone.

Man opvarmer til 50°C i 15 min. en blanding af 150 mg af den i a) fremstillede forbindelse i 2 ml 66%'s myresyre. Man 5 lader genantage stuetemperatur, frafiltrerer det opnåede tri-phenyl-carbinol, vasker det med 2 ml 66%'s myresyre. Filtratet inddampes under formindsket tryk. Man optager i 10 ml absolut ethanol, fordamper og gentager operationen 3 gange. Man optager resten i 1 ml acetone, suger fra, vasker medether, tørrer 10 under formindsket tryk ved 60°C i 1 time og får 48 mg af den forventede forbindelse med SMP over 260°C, Rf=0,l, eluerings-middel: ethylacetat, ethanol og vand (70:20:10).Heat to 50 ° C for 15 minutes. a mixture of 150 mg of the compound prepared in (a) in 2 ml of 66% formic acid. It is allowed to re-enter room temperature, filter out the obtained tri-phenyl-carbinol, wash it with 2 ml of 66% formic acid. The filtrate is evaporated under reduced pressure. Absorb in 10 ml of absolute ethanol, evaporate and repeat the operation 3 times. The residue is taken up in 1 ml of acetone, suctioned, washed with ether, dried under reduced pressure at 60 ° C for 1 hour and 48 mg of the expected compound with SMP above 260 ° C, Rf = 0.1, eluant : ethyl acetate, ethanol and water (70:20:10).

Hydrochloridet af 3-amino-l-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon, der benyttes som udgangsmateriale i eksempel 3, frem-15 stilles som følger: a) (2S)-2-tritylamino-3-hydroxy-N(2-phenyl-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-propionamid.The hydrochloride of 3-amino-1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone used as starting material in Example 3 is prepared as follows: a) (2S) -2-Tritylamino-3-hydroxy -N (phenyl-2-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl) -propionamide.

Man opvarmer til tilbagesvaling i 15 min. en blanding af 25 ml trimethylaluminium (2M) i hexan, 3,5 g 2-phenyl-methyl-20 5-amino-2H-tetrazol og 100 ml tetrahydrofuran og tilsætter derpå 6,6 g lacton af N-trityl-L-serin. Man opvarmer 3 timer til tilbagesvaling, afkøler til 10°C og tilsætter meget langsomt og under omrøring 10 ml ethanol. Man inddamper til tørhed og optager i 300 ml methylenchlorid og 200 ml vand indstillet 25 til en pH-værdi på 4 med saltsyre. Man dekanterer, filtrerer, vasker den organiske fase med 200 ml 0,05 M saltsyre, tørrer, filtrerer og afdamper opløsningsmidlerne til tørhed. Man optager i 20 ml ethylacetat og isafkøler. Man frasuger de dannede krystaller, vasker dem med ether og tørrer under formindsket tryk. Der fås 5,3 g af den forventede forbindelse, SMP 202-204°C.Reflux for 15 min. a mixture of 25 ml of trimethylaluminum (2M) in hexane, 3.5 g of 2-phenylmethyl-20-5-amino-2H-tetrazole and 100 ml of tetrahydrofuran, and then add 6.6 g of lactone of N-trityl-L-serine . Reflux for 3 hours, cool to 10 ° C and add 10 ml of ethanol very slowly and with stirring. It is evaporated to dryness and taken up in 300 ml of methylene chloride and 200 ml of water adjusted to a pH of 4 with hydrochloric acid. The organic phase is decanted, filtered, washed with 200 ml of 0.05 M hydrochloric acid, dried, filtered and evaporated to dryness. Ethyl acetate and ice-cooler are taken up in 20 ml. The crystals formed are extracted, washed with ether and dried under reduced pressure. 5.3 g of the expected compound are obtained, SMP 202-204 ° C.

b) (2S)-2-amino-3-hydroxy-N-(2-phenyl-methyl)-2H-tetrazol- 5-yl)-propionamid.b) (2S) -2-Amino-3-hydroxy-N- (2-phenylmethyl) -2H-tetrazol-5-yl) propionamide.

Man omrører ved stuetemperatur i 15 min. en blanding af 3 5 3,5 g af den ovenfor fremstillede forbindelse, 25 ml methylenchlorid og 1,7 ml 8M saltsyre i methanol. Man suger fra, vasker med 2 x 10 ml methylenchlorid og derpå 2 x 20 ml æter. Man - 38 -Stir at room temperature for 15 min. a mixture of 3.5 g of the compound prepared above, 25 ml of methylene chloride and 1.7 ml of 8M hydrochloric acid in methanol. Suck, wash with 2 x 10 ml methylene chloride and then 2 x 20 ml ether. Male - 38 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

tørrer under formindsket tryk og får 1,95 g af den forventede forbindelse.dries under reduced pressure to obtain 1.95 g of the expected compound.

c) (2S)-2-(phenyl-methyl-oxy-carbonyl-amino)-3-hydroxy-N“(2-phenyl methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-propionamid.c) (2S) -2- (phenylmethyl-oxy-carbonylamino) -3-hydroxy-N N (2-phenylmethyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl) -propionamide.

5 Man omrører kraftigt en blanding af 1,94 g af den oven for fremstillede forbindelse, 25 ml vand, 2 g natrium-bicarbo-nat og 25 ml methylenchlorid og tilsætter derpå 2,5 ml benzyl-chlorformiat (50% i toluen) . Man omrører ved stuetemperatur i toluen, dekanterer, ekstraherer med 1 x 25 ml methylenchlorid. 10 Den organiske fase vaskes med 20 ml 0,05M saltsyre og tørres derpå. Man afdamper opløsningsmidlet under formindsket tryk og får 2,45 g af den forventede forbindelse.A mixture of 1.94 g of the above-prepared compound, 25 ml of water, 2 g of sodium bicarbonate and 25 ml of methylene chloride is vigorously stirred and then 2.5 ml of benzyl chloroformate (50% in toluene) is added. The mixture is stirred at room temperature in toluene, decanted, extracted with 1 x 25 ml of methylene chloride. The organic phase is washed with 20 ml of 0.05M hydrochloric acid and then dried. The solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure to give 2.45 g of the expected compound.

d) (3S)-1-(2-(phenyl-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-3-(phenyl-methyloxy-carbonyl-amino)-2-azetidinon.d) (3S) -1- (2- (phenylmethyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl) -3- (phenylmethyloxycarbonylamino) -2-azetidinone.

15 Man sætter ved 10°C 6 ml 1M opløsning af et tetrahydro- furan af di;ethyldiazodicarboxylat til en blanding af 2 g forbindelse fra trin c) og 1,75 g triphenylphosphin i 50 ml tetra-hydrofuran. Man omrører 15 min. ved 10°C, inddamper under formindsket tryk, chromatograferer på silicagel med en blanding 20 af methylenchlorid og ethylacetat (85:15) og får 1,3 g af den forventede forbindelse efter udrivning med æter. SMP ca. 150°C.15 ml of 1M solution of a tetrahydrofuran of di; ethyl diazodicarboxylate are added at 10 ° C to a mixture of 2 g of compound from step c) and 1.75 g of triphenylphosphine in 50 ml of tetrahydrofuran. Stir for 15 min. at 10 ° C, evaporate under reduced pressure, chromatograph on silica gel with a mixture of methylene chloride and ethyl acetate (85:15), and obtain 1.3 g of the expected compound after tearing off with ether. SMP approx. 150 ° C.

Analyse: ^19 ^18 ^6 ®3Analysis: ^ 19 ^ 18 ^ 6 ®3

Beregnet; C% 60,3 H% 4,79 N% 22,21 Fundet: 60,3 4,8 22,0 25 e) Hydrochloridet af 3-amino-l-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-aze tidinon .calculated; C% 60.3 H% 4.79 N% 22.21 Found: 60.3 4.8 22.0 e) The hydrochloride of 3-amino-1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-aze tidinon.

Man opvarmer til tilbagesvaling en blanding af 1,3 g af den ovenfor fremstillede forbindelse i 80 ml absolut ethanol og tilsætter derpå 1 ml 8M saltsyre i methanol og 800 mg pal-30 ladium på kul (18%). Man lader en hydrogenstrøm passere indtil fuldstændig hydrogenering. Man filtrerer, inddamper til tørhed og får 660 mg forbindelse.r EKSEMPEL 4: (3SR, 4RS)-3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)-2-((difluor-35 methoxy)-imino)-acetyl)-amino)-4-methyl-l-(l-H-tetrazol-5-yl) - 2-azetidinon, syn-isomer.To reflux, a mixture of 1.3 g of the compound prepared above was heated in 80 ml of absolute ethanol and then 1 ml of 8M hydrochloric acid in methanol and 800 mg of palladium on coal (18%) were added. A hydrogen stream is passed until complete hydrogenation. Filter, evaporate to dryness to give 660 mg of compound. EXAMPLE 4: (3SR, 4RS) -3 - ((2- (2-aminothiazol-4-yl) -2 - ((difluoro-methoxy) -imino) -acetyl) -amino) -4-methyl-1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone, syn isomer.

- 39 -- 39 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

él.^Y^SShloridet^af^SSRi^RS^-S-amino-^-methYl-l-^l-H-tetra-22il5zYiil2~azetidinon.EL. ^ Y ^ ^ SShloridet of SSRI ^ ^ R ^ -S-amino - ^ - methyl-L- ^ l-H-tetra-22il5zYiil2 ~ azetidinone.

Man arbejder som i trin a) i eksempel 1 under anvendelse af 890 mg (3SR, 4RS)-hydrochlorid af 3-amino-4-methyl-l-(2-(phenyl-5 methyl)-2-H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon, 20 ml ethanol (70%) og 750 mg palladium på kul (18%). Efter 15 min. hydrogenering får man den forventede forbindelse, som man straks benytter. 5i_§iSSå®t_SSiiY^£i§_§i_BltoluensulfonsYre_02_2-X2-tritYlamino-i&i2S2ililYiil2;Xdifluormethoxy)_-iminoeddikesyreJt_syn-isomer.The procedure is as in step a) of Example 1 using 890 mg of (3SR, 4RS) hydrochloride of 3-amino-4-methyl-1- (2- (phenyl-5-methyl) -2-H-tetrazole-5 -yl) -2-azetidinone, 20 ml of ethanol (70%) and 750 mg of palladium on coal (18%). After 15 min. hydrogenation gives the expected compound which is used immediately. 5i_§iSSå®t_SSiiY ^ £ i§_§i_BltoluensulfonsYre_02_2-X2-tritylamino-in &i2S2ililYiil2; Xdifluormethoxy) _- iminoeddikesyreJt_syn isomer.

10 Man arbejder som i trin b) i eksempel 1 under anvendelse af 325 mg p-toluensulfonyl-chlorid og 815 mg 2-(2-tritylamino-thia-zol-4-yl)-2-difluormethoxyimino-eddikesyre, syn-isomer, beskrevet i fransk patentskrift nr. 2 461 713 i 25 ml acetone og 0,25 ml triethylamin.The procedure is as in step b) of Example 1 using 325 mg of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride and 815 mg of 2- (2-tritylamino-thiazol-4-yl) -2-difluoromethoxyimino acetic acid, syn isomer, disclosed in French Patent No. 2,461,713 in 25 ml of acetone and 0.25 ml of triethylamine.

15 C)_!3SR£_4R£0-3-J^2-j[ 2-tritylamino-^thiazol-4-yl^-2-dif luor- meth2xy^in2)_“acetyl)_-amin2).-4-methYl-l-_(l-H-tetraz2l-5-Yl)_-2-azetidinon^_syn-is25}er.C) _3SR5_4R5O3-J2-2-j [2-tritylamino-3-thiazol-4-yl-2-difluoromethoxy] -in2) -acetyl) -amine-2 4-methyl-l -_ (lH-tetraz2l-5-yl) 2-azetidinone _- ^ _syn-is25} is.

Man sætter den i trin B opnåede suspension til en opløsning af den i trin A opnåede forbindelse i 45 ml acetonitril 20 og 0,75 ml triethylamin. Man omrører 2 timer ved stuetemperatur, tilsætter 0,35 ml eddikesyre og inddamper til tørhed under formindsket tryk. Man optager resten i ethylacetat, tilsætter 15 ml 1M natriumbicarbonatopløsning, frasuger udfældningen, optager den i vand, syrner til en pH-værdi på 3-4 ved hjælp af 2N salt-25 syre, ekstraherer med ethylacetat, vasker med en vandig natrium-chloridopløsning, tørrer, inddamper til tørhed under formindsket tryk, optager resten i ethylacetat, isafkøler, suger fra, vasker krystallerne med ethylacetat og derefter med æter, tørrer under formindsket tryk og får 308 mg af den forventede forbindelse.The suspension obtained in step B is added to a solution of the compound obtained in step A in 45 ml of acetonitrile 20 and 0.75 ml of triethylamine. Stir for 2 hours at room temperature, add 0.35 ml of acetic acid and evaporate to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue is taken up in ethyl acetate, added 15 ml of 1M sodium bicarbonate solution, extracted from the precipitate, taken up in water, acidified to a pH of 3-4 with 2N hydrochloric acid, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with an aqueous sodium chloride solution , dries, evaporates to dryness under reduced pressure, absorbs the residue in ethyl acetate, ice-cools, sucks, cleans the crystals with ethyl acetate and then with ether, dries under reduced pressure and receives 308 mg of the expected compound.

30 SMP ca. 220°C.30 SMP approx. 220 ° C.

i§§il3;XX2-X^inothiazol-4-yl)^-2-j(difluormethoxYimino- S22£Y^Jz2SiiB2izizS®tiiYizIziizi!z£2££!222lz5zYiiz2ZÉ5§ti^iB2Bi_®YS~ is2mer.i§§il3; XX2-X ^ inothiazol-4-yl) ^ - 2-j (difluoromethoxymimino- S22 £ Y ^ Jz2SiiB2izizS®tiiYizIziizi z £ 2 ££! 222lz5zYiiz2ZÉ5§ti ^ iB2Bi_®YS ~ is2mer.

Man opvarmer i 15 min. til 50°C 290 mg af den i forrige trin 35 opnåede forbindelse i 2,15 ml 66%'s myresyre. Man frasuger det udfældede triphenylcarbinol, vasker det med 2 ml 66%'s myresyre og inddamper filtratet til tørhed under formindsket tryk. Man optager resten i ethanol og inddamper atter under formindsket - 40 -Heat for 15 min. to 50 ° C 290 mg of the compound obtained in the previous step 35 in 2.15 ml of 66% formic acid. The precipitated triphenylcarbinol is suctioned off, washed with 2 ml of 66% formic acid and the filtrate evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue is taken up in ethanol and evaporated again during diminution - 40 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

tryk. Man gentager denne operation og udriver derpå med acetone, suger fra, vasker med acetone og derefter med æter og tørrer under formindsket tryk og får 150 mg af den forventede forbindelse. SMP over 260°C.pressure. This operation is repeated and then stripped with acetone, suctioned off, washed with acetone and then with ether and dried under reduced pressure to obtain 150 mg of the expected compound. SMP above 260 ° C.

5 Analyse: C1]L Hi;l Ng Og SF2 = 387,33Analysis: C1] L Hi; l Ng And SF2 = 387.33

Beregnet: C% 34,11 H% 2,86 F% 9,81 N% 32,55 S% 8,28Calculated: C% 34.11 H% 2.86 F% 9.81 N% 32.55 S% 8.28

Fundet: 34,1 3,0 9,6 32,1 8,2 HMK-spectrum (DMSO) : 1Q 1,39-1,45 ppm: Cg3“CH- 4,6 ppm: 5,47 til 5,63 ppm: 7,04 ppm: i thiazol 6,4-7,15-7,95 ppm: CH F2 7,37 ppm: NH2Found: 34.1 3.0 9.6 32.1 8.2 HMK Spectrum (DMSO): 1Q 1.39-1.45 ppm: Cg 3 + CH 4.6 ppm: 5.47 to 5.63 ppm: 7.04 ppm: in thiazole 6.4-7.15-7.95 ppm: CH F2 7.37 ppm: NH2

9,7-9,8 ppm: NH-CO9.7-9.8 ppm: NH-CO

EKSEMPEL 5: (3SR, 4RS)-3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)-2-((1-pro-penyloxy)-imino)-acetyl)-amino)-4-methyl-l-(l-H-tetrazol-5-yl) -20 1 -azetidinon, syn-isomer.Example 5: (3SR, 4RS) -3 - ((2- (2-aminothiazol-4-yl) -2 - ((1-propenyloxy) imino) -acetyl) amino) -4-methyl-1 - (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -20-azetidinone, syn-isomer.

A)Blandet^anhYdrid_af^p7toluensulfongYre--ggim23j[2-tritylamino-thiazol-^-Yl^-g-^l-grogenyloxy^-jjKiingeddikesYre^ syn-isomer.A) Mixed anhydride of β -toluenesulfonic acid - gimim23j [2-tritylamino-thiazole - ^ - Yl ^ -g- ^ l-grogenyloxy ^ -jjClacetic acid ^ syn isomer.

Man arbejder som i trin b) i eksempel 1 under anvendelse af 265 mg p-toluensulfonylchlorid og 630 mg 2-(2-tritylamino-25 thiazol-4-yl)-2-(1-propenyloxy) -iminoeddikesyre, syn-isomer (beskrevet i fransk patentskrift nr. 2 361 893) i 8 ml acetone og 0,2 ml triethylamin.The procedure is as in step b) of Example 1 using 265 mg of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride and 630 mg of 2- (2-tritylamino-thiazol-4-yl) -2- (1-propenyloxy) iminoacetic acid, syn isomer ( described in French Patent No. 2,361,893) in 8 ml of acetone and 0.2 ml of triethylamine.

B^^SSR^^^RS )^-3-^( ^2-_( 2-tritylamino-^thiazol-4-yl)_-2-^l-grogenyl-3 0 tidinoni_syn-isomer.B) SSR (R) RS) ^ - 3- (^ 2 - (2-Tritylamino-3-thiazol-4-yl) - 2- (1-grogenyl-3-tidinone) isomer.

Man arbejder som i trin c i eksempel 1 ud fra den i trin A ovenfor opnåede suspension og hydrochloridet af (3SR, 4RS)- 3-amino-4-methyl-l-(l-H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon fremstillet ifølge trin A i eksempel 4. Man får et første udbytte på 400 mg 35 af den forventede forbindelse, hvorpå man inddamper moderludene, optager resten i ethylacetat, ekstraherer med en vandig natrium-bie ar bona topløsning , dekanterer, syrner den vandige fase, ekstraherer med ethylacetat, vasker med vand, tørrer og inddamper til tørhed under formindsket tryk. Der fås 140 mg forbindelse,As in step c of Example 1, one works from the suspension obtained in step A above and the hydrochloride of (3SR, 4RS) -3-amino-4-methyl-1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone prepared according to Step A of Example 4. An initial yield of 400 mg of 35 is obtained from the expected compound, by evaporating the mother liquors, taking up the residue in ethyl acetate, extracting with an aqueous sodium bee bona top solution, decanting, acidifying the aqueous phase, extracting with ethyl acetate, washes with water, dries and evaporates to dryness under reduced pressure. 140 mg of compound are obtained,

DK 164404BDK 164404B

- 41 - som er identisk med det første udbytte. SMP ca. 220°C.- 41 - which is identical to the first yield. SMP approx. 220 ° C.

C)^_>^3SRi_4RS)_-3-XX2-XX2-aminothiazol24-yl)_-2-Xl-grogenYloxY)_- non^syn-isomer.C3- (3SRi_4RS) _- 3-XX2-XX2-aminothiazol24-yl) -2-X1-grogenYloxY) _-non ^ syn isomer.

5 Man opvarmer i 15 min. til 50°C 380 mg af den i trin B op nåede forbindelse i 2,8 ml 66%'s myresyre, lader genantage stuetemperatur, eliminerer udfældningen ved filtrering, inddamper filtratet til tørhed under formindsket tryk, optager resten i vand, suger fra, vasker med vand, tørrer ved 50°C under formind-10 sket tryk og får 185 mg af den forventede forbindelse. SMP over 260°C.5 Heat for 15 minutes. to 50 ° C 380 mg of the compound obtained in step B in 2.8 ml of 66% formic acid, allows to re-enter room temperature, eliminates the precipitation by filtration, evaporates the filtrate to dryness under reduced pressure, absorbs the residue in water, sucks, wash with water, dry at 50 ° C under reduced pressure and get 185 mg of the expected compound. SMP above 260 ° C.

Analyse: C13 H15 Ng 03 S = 377,37Analysis: C13 H15 Ng O3 S = 377.37

Beregnet: C% 41,37 HS 4,01 N* 33,40 S% 8,50 Fundet: 41,3 4,0 33,3 8,5 15 NMR-spectrum (DMSO): 1,38-1,45 ppm: C§3-CH 4,58-4,64 ppm: N-OCH2 4,61 ppm: H4 5,14 til 5,42 ppm: =CH_ 20 Å 5,5 til 5,64 ppm: H3 5,77 til 6,14 ppm: CH=CH2 6,8 ppm: i thiazol 7,24 ppm: NH2 9,4-9,49 ppm: NHCO 25 EKSEMPEL· 6: (3SR, 4RS)-3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)-2-((carboxy-methoxy)-imino)-acetyl)-amino)-4-methyl-l-(l-H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon, syn-isomer.Calculated: C% 41.37 HS 4.01 N * 33.40 S% 8.50 Found: 41.3 4.0 33.3 8.5 NMR Spectrum (DMSO): 1.38-1.45 ppm: C§3-CH 4.58-4.64 ppm: N-OCH2 4.61 ppm: H4 5.14 to 5.42 ppm: = CH_ 20 Å 5.5 to 5.64 ppm: H3 5, 77 to 6.14 ppm: CH = CH2 6.8 ppm: in thiazole 7.24 ppm: NH2 9.4-9.49 ppm: NHCO EXAMPLE 6: (3SR, 4RS) -3 - ((2- (2-Aminothiazol-4-yl) -2 - ((carboxy-methoxy) -imino) -acetyl) -amino) -4-methyl-1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone, syn. isomer.

^ thiazol-X-YlX-^-XXtert^-butoxycarbon'YlmethylX-oxyX-iminoeddike-syreii_syn-isomer.^ thiazole-X-YlX - ^ - XXtert ^ -butoxycarbonyl ylmethylX-oxyX-iminoacetic acid acid synthesis isomer.

Man arbejder som i eks.empel 1 trin b ud fra 480 mg p-toluen- sulfonylchlorid og 1,38 g 2-(2-tritylaminothiazol-4-yl)-2- ((tert.-butoxycarbonylmethyl)-oxy)-iminoeddikesyre, syn-isomer, fremstillet som i fransk patentskrift nr. 2 445 830, i 15 ml acetone og 0,36 ml triethylamin.As in Example 1, step b is worked out from 480 mg of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride and 1.38 g of 2- (2-tritylaminothiazol-4-yl) -2- ((tert-butoxycarbonylmethyl) oxy) iminoacetic acid , syn isomer, prepared as in French Patent No. 2,445,830, in 15 ml of acetone and 0.36 ml of triethylamine.

35 - 42 -35 - 42 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

B) _(3SR, _£RS)_-3-^J! 2~j( 2-tritYlaminothiazol-4-γΙ tert^^but-2ΧΣ222^2Υΐ™§έΙΐΥΐΙζ22Σΐζΐ^Ϊ22ΐζ2£2ί:ΥΐΙζ2ΐ!Ϊ22ζ1ΐ™2ί:!ϊΥΐΐ1Ζ.1Ιΐί·ϊ'' t®£i552il§ZZiIz2zSSStiÉiS2Si_®ZSzi®2iil§E·B) _ (3SR, _ £ RS) _- 3- ^ J! 2 ~ j (2-tritYlaminothiazole-4-γΙ tert ^^ but-2ΧΣ222 ^ 2Υΐ ™ §έΙΐΥΐΙζ22Σΐζΐ ^ Ϊ22ΐζ2 £ 2ί: ΥΐΙζ2ΐ! Ϊ22ζ1ΐ ™ 2ί:! ΪΥΐΐ1Ζ.1Ιΐί · ϊ '' t® £ i552il§ZZiIz2zSSStiÉiS2Si 2iil§E ·

Man arbejder som i eksempel 4, trin C under anvendelse af 5 den i trin A ovenfor benyttede suspension og hydrochloridet af (3SR, 4RS) -3-amino-4-methyl-l-(l-H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon fremstillet i eksempel 4, trin A. Der fås 850 mg af den forventede forbindelse. SMP ca. 270°C.As in Example 4, step C is used, using the suspension used in step A above and the hydrochloride of (3SR, 4RS) -3-amino-4-methyl-1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2 -azetidinone prepared in Example 4, Step A. Obtained 850 mg of the expected compound. SMP approx. 270 ° C.

C) __X3SRi_4RS)_-3--(-(2--(2-airiinothiazol-4-Yl)_-2-X_(carboxYitiethoxY)_-10 iminoHacetYl^zamino^-i-methYl^l^l-HztetrazolzSzXljLi^zazetidi- non^syn-isomer ·C) __X3SRi_4RS) _- 3 - (- (2- (2-Airiinothiazol-4-Yl) _- 2 -X_ (carboxymethylethoxyl) _-iminoHacetyl) -amino- (1-methyl-1H-1-HztetrazolZSzXljLi) zazetidi- non ^ syn-isomer ·

Man omrører i 5 min. ved stuetemperatur en opløsning af 830 mg af den i trin B ovenfor opnåede forbindelse i 2,5 ml trifluoreddikesyre, inddamper til tørhed under formindsket tryk, 15 optager resten i 5 ml 66%'s myresyre, opvarmer i 15 min. til 50°C, afkøler og eliminerer udfældningen ved filtrering. Man inddamper 3 gange filtratet til tørhed under formindsket tryk, idet man optager resten i ethanol og derpå acetone. Man indleder en krystallisation, isafkøler, frasuger krystallerne, vas-20 ker dem med acetone og derefter med ether tørrer dem ved 50°C under formindsket tryk og får 240 mg af den forventede forbindelse. SMP over 260°C.Stir for 5 min. at room temperature a solution of 830 mg of the compound obtained in step B above in 2.5 ml of trifluoroacetic acid, evaporates to dryness under reduced pressure, absorbs the residue in 5 ml of 66% formic acid, heats for 15 minutes. to 50 ° C, cools and eliminates the precipitation by filtration. The filtrate is evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure 3 times, taking up the residue in ethanol and then acetone. Crystallization is initiated, ice-cooled, the crystals extracted, washed with acetone and then dried with ether at 50 ° C under reduced pressure to obtain 240 mg of the expected compound. SMP above 260 ° C.

NMR-spectrum (JDMSO) : 1,39-1,45 ppm: C§3-CH 25 Ca. 4,58 ppm: 5,48 til 5,63 ppm:NMR Spectrum (JDMSO): 1.39-1.45 ppm: C§3-CH 25 Ca. 4.58 ppm: 5.48 to 5.63 ppm:

4,62 ppm: OCI^-CO4.62 ppm: OCI-CO

6,81 ppm: i thiazol6.81 ppm: in thiazole

7,25 ppm: NH2 30 9,38-9,48 ppm: NHCO7.25 ppm: NH2 9.38-9.48 ppm: NHCO

EKSEMPEL 7: (3SR, 4RS)-3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)-2-((1-carboxy- 1- methylethoxy) -imino) -acetyl) -amino) -4-methy 1-1- (tetrazol-5-yl) - 2- azetidinon, syn-isomer.Example 7: (3SR, 4RS) -3 - ((2- (2-Aminothiazol-4-yl) -2 - ((1-carboxy-1-methylethoxy) -imino) -acetyl) -amino) -4-methyl 1-1- (tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone, syn-isomer.

35 A)__Blandet_anhYdrid_af_£-toluensulfonsYre_og_2-_(2-tritYlainirio- thiazolz4zyl).z2zi£2££4Z^H£22Y22£^22YizizS2£iiYi2ti}25^izi5ii222É” dikesyre, syn-isomer.A) __ Mixed_anhydride_of_ £ -toluenesulfonic acid_and_2 -_ (2-tritYlainiriothiazolz4zyl) .z2zi £ 2 ££ 4Z ^ H £ 22Y22 £ ^ 22YizizS2 £ iiYi2ti} 25 ^ izi5ii222É

- 43 -- 43 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

Man arbejder som i eksempel 1 trin b) ud fra 325 mg p-toluensulfonylchlorid og 970 mg 2-(2-tritylaminothiazol-4-yl)- 2-( (1-tert. -butoxycarbonyl-l-methylethyl) -oxy) -iminoeddikesyre, syn-isomer, fremstillet som i fransk patentskrift nr. 2 421 906, 5 i 17,5 ml acetone og 0,25 ml triethylamin.As in Example 1, step b) is used from 325 mg of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride and 970 mg of 2- (2-tritylaminothiazol-4-yl) -2- ((1-tert-butoxycarbonyl-1-methylethyl) -oxy) iminoacetic acid, syn isomer, prepared as in French Patent No. 2,421,906, 5 in 17.5 ml of acetone and 0.25 ml of triethylamine.

Si-l^Br-iESizlzillilS-tritylaminothiazol-^-Yl^-^-Xl-tert^- fe2£25Y2Sil222YiziZ22j;iiYi®i:k2£Yiz^i22Lz22iri=Yliz2i!ii!i2zizii2£i}Yi“ izi£2i2222izåzYiizlzS52£iÉi222i._2Y2zi225!2i*Si-l ^ Br-iESizlzillilS-tritylaminothiazole - ^ - Yl ^ - ^ - Xl-tert ^ - fe2 £ 25Y2Sil222YiziZ22j; iiYi®i: k2 £ Yiz ^ i22Lz22iri = Yliz2i! Ii! I2zizii2 £ i} Yi22 iiz £ 2 iÉi222i._2Y2zi225! 2i *

Man arbejder som i eksempel 4, trin C under anvendelse af 10 den i trin A ovenfor opnåede suspension og hydrochloridet af (3SR, 4RS)-3-amino-4-methyl-l-(l-H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon fremstillet i eksempel 4, trin A. Der fås 1,07 g af den forventede forbindelse. SMP ca. 220°C.As in Example 4, step C is used using the suspension obtained in step A above and the hydrochloride of (3SR, 4RS) -3-amino-4-methyl-1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2 -azetidinone prepared in Example 4, Step A. 1.07 g of the expected compound are obtained. SMP approx. 220 ° C.

C)__^3SRi_4RS)_z3zXj.2zi(2-aminothiazolz4-yl)_z2zlll“Carboxyzlzii}2£^Yi_ 15 2£^oxy )_-mino)_-acetyl )^-amino]_-4-methyl-l-j[ tetrazol35-yl)_-2- 222£iåi222i._5YSzi22S2£ ·C) (2SRi (4RS) _z3zXj.2zi (2-aminothiazolz4-yl) _z2zlll “Carboxyzlzii} 2β ^ Yi_ (2β (oxy) _-mino) -acetyl) -amino] _-4-methyl-lj [ tetrazol-35-yl) - 2- 222 pounds

Man arbejder som i eksempel 6, trin C ud fra 950 mg af den i trin B ovenfor opnåede forbindelse. Man renser råproduktet ved chromatografi på silicagel under eluering med vand. Man ind-20 damper til tørhed, optager resten i methanol, filtrerer, eliminerer opløsningsmidlet under formindsket tryk, krystalliserer af acetone, tørrer ved 50°C under formindsket tryk og får 157 mg af den forventede forbindelse. SMP over 260°C.As in Example 6, step C is used from 950 mg of the compound obtained in step B above. The crude product is purified by chromatography on silica gel eluting with water. Steam is evaporated to dryness, the residue is taken up in methanol, filtered, eliminated under reduced pressure, crystallized from acetone, dried at 50 ° C under reduced pressure to afford 157 mg of the expected compound. SMP above 260 ° C.

NMR-spectrum (DMSO) :NMR Spectrum (DMSO):

25 1,35-1,42 ppm: Cg3-CH1.35-1.42 ppm: Cg3-CH

I, 42 ppm: (CH3)2 4.28 ppm: 5.28 til 5,43 ppm: H3 6,75 ppm: i thiazol 30 7,15 ppm: NH2I, 42 ppm: (CH3) 2 4.28 ppm: 5.28 to 5.43 ppm: H3 6.75 ppm: in thiazole 7.15 ppm: NH2

II, 34-11,44 ppm: NHCOII, 34-11.44 ppm: NHCO

EKSEMPEL 8: (3SR, 4RS)-3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)-2-(methoxy-imino)-acetyl)-amino)-4-ethyl-l-(l-H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidi-35 non.Example 8: (3SR, 4RS) -3 - ((2- (2-aminothiazol-4-yl) -2- (methoxy-imino) -acetyl) amino) -4-ethyl-1- (1H-tetrazole) 5-yl) -2-azetidinone.

A]__Hydrochlorid_af__(3SRi_4RS)_-3-amino-4-ethyl-l--(l-H-tetrazol-SzYiizii^zetidinon.A] __ __ Hydrochlorid_af (3SRi_4RS) _- 3-amino-4-ethyl-l - (l-H-tetrazol-SzYiizii ^ zetidinon.

- 44 -- 44 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

Man arbejder som i eksempel 1 trin a) ud fra 2 g (3SR, 4RS)-hydrochlorid af 3-amino-4-ethyl-l-(2-(phenylmethyl)-2H-tetrazol- 5-yl)-azetidinon, men idet man hydrogenerer opløsningen 2 gange efter hinanden.As in Example 1, step a) is used from 2 g (3SR, 4RS) hydrochloride of 3-amino-4-ethyl-1- (2- (phenylmethyl) -2H-tetrazol-5-yl) -azetidinone, but hydrogenating the solution twice in succession.

5 §l_I3SRi_4RS)_-3-jiji2-i(2-tritYlarnino-thiazol-4-yl)_”2-methoxy-5β (13SRi (4RS) - 3 - [[2- (2-Tritylamino-thiazol-4-yl)] - 2-methoxy]

Man sætter 65 ml acetonitril og 2,85 ml triethylamirt Itil-’^en i trin A opnåede forbindelse og derefter en suspension af blandet anhydrid af p-toluensulfonsyre og 2-(2-tritylamino-4-thiazo-10 lyl)-2-methoxyiminoeddikesyre, syn-isomer, fremstillet som i trin b) i eksempel 1 ud fra 2,9 g 2-(2-tritylaminothiazol-4-yl)-2-methoxyiminoeddikesyre, syn-isomer, og 1,24 g p-toluen-sulfonylchlorid. Man omrører 1½ time ved stuetemperatur, tilsætter 0,4 ml eddikesyre og fortsætter reaktionen som i trin 15 b) i eksempel 2. Der fås 1,86 g råprodukt, som man omkrystalliserer af acetone. Man får 1 g af den forventede forbindelse.65 ml of acetonitrile and 2.85 ml of triethylamide Itil were added to the compound obtained in step A and then a suspension of mixed anhydride of p-toluenesulfonic acid and 2- (2-tritylamino-4-thiazolyl) -2- methoxyiminoacetic acid, syn isomer, prepared as in step b) of Example 1 from 2.9 g of 2- (2-tritylaminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyiminoacetic acid, syn isomer, and 1.24 g of p-toluene sulfonyl chloride. Stir for 1½ hours at room temperature, add 0.4 ml of acetic acid and continue the reaction as in step 15 b) of Example 2. 1.86 g of crude product which is recrystallized from acetone are obtained. 1 g of the expected compound is obtained.

SMP ca. 260°C, Rf=0,27, elueringsmiddel: ethylacetat, ethanol og vand (7:2:1).SMP approx. 260 ° C, Rf = 0.27, eluent: ethyl acetate, ethanol and water (7: 2: 1).

C)__X3SRr_4RS^-3-^^2-^2-amin2thiaz2l-4-yl^-2-methoxYimino)[-ace-2 0 tyl)~amino)-4-_3thYl-l-(l-H3tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon.C) ³X3SRr_4RS ^ -3 - 2- (2-Amino-thiazol-4-yl-2-methoxyimino) [- (2-methyl) -amino) -4-3-yl-1- (1-H3tetrazole-5-yl) yl) -2-azetidinone.

Man opvarmer i 15 min. til 50°C 1 g af den i forrige trin opnåede forbindelse i 5 ml 66%'s myresyre. Man lader genantage stuetemperatur, filtrerer, inddamper filtratet, tilsætter 25 ml vand, 'isafkøler, filtrerer, inddamper filtratet til tørhed un-25 der formindsket tryk, optager resten i 10 ml acetone, filtrerer, inddamper filtratet til 3 ml og lader krystallisere. Man frasuger krystallerne, vasker dem med acetone, tørrer dem under formindsket tryk og får 270 mg af den forventede forbindelse.Heat for 15 min. to 50 ° C 1 g of the compound obtained in the previous step in 5 ml of 66% formic acid. It is allowed to re-enter room temperature, filter, evaporate the filtrate, add 25 ml of water, cool down, filter, evaporate the filtrate to dryness under reduced pressure, take up the residue in 10 ml of acetone, filter, evaporate the filtrate to 3 ml and allow to crystallize. The crystals are aspirated, washed with acetone, dried under reduced pressure and 270 mg of the expected compound are obtained.

SMP ca. 210°C. Rf=0,15, elueringsmiddel: ethylacetat, ethanol 50 og vand (7:2:1).SMP approx. 210 ° C. Rf = 0.15, eluent: ethyl acetate, ethanol 50 and water (7: 2: 1).

MMR-spectrum (DMSO) : 0,9-0,98-1,05 ppm og 1,67 til 2,22 ppm: Ethyl 3,87 ppm: N-OCH3 4,22 ppm: Hj 35 4,87 til 4,99 ppm: H3 6,74 ppm: Hg i thiazol 7,24 ppm: NH3MMR Spectrum (DMSO): 0.9-0.98-1.05 ppm and 1.67 to 2.22 ppm: Ethyl 3.87 ppm: N-OCH3 4.22 ppm: Hj 4.87 to 4 , 99 ppm: H3 6.74 ppm: Hg in thiazole 7.24 ppm: NH3

9,3-9,4 ppm: NH-CO9.3-9.4 ppm: NH-CO

- 45 -- 45 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

(3SR, 4RS)-hydrochloridet af 3-amino-4-ethyl-l-(2-phenyl-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon, der benyttes som udgangsproduktforbindelse i eksempel 1, fremstilles som følger: 5l_NzXli^gthoxYpropyl)_=22X2henylmethYl)_-2-H-tetrazol-5-amin.The (3SR, 4RS) hydrochloride of 3-amino-4-ethyl-1- (2-phenylmethyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone used as the starting compound of Example 1 is prepared as follows: 5l_NzXli gthoxYpropyl ^) = 22X2henylmethYl _) _- 2-H-tetrazol-5-amine.

5 Man arbejder som i trin a) i præparationen efter eksempel 1 ud fra 2 g 2-benzyl-5-aminotetrazol og 2 ml propionaldehyd.As in step a), the preparation according to Example 1 is based on 2 g of 2-benzyl-5-aminotetrazole and 2 ml of propionaldehyde.

Der fås 2,12 g af den forventede forbindelse. Rf=0,57, elue-ringsmiddel: æter.2.12 g of the expected compound are obtained. Rf = 0.57, eluent: ether.

?2!_N-EropYliden-2-XEhenYlmethYlX-2-H-tetrazol-5-amin.? 2! _N-EropYliden-2-XEhenYlmethYlX-2-H-tetrazol-5-amine.

10 Man arbejder som i trin b) i præparationen i eksempel 1 ud fra 20 g af den i trin a ovenfor opnåede forbindelse. Der fås 17,5 g af den forventede forbindelse.As in step b), in the preparation of Example 1, one works from 20 g of the compound obtained in step a above. 17.5 g of the expected compound are obtained.

Sl_I2§Ri.3SR^-_02_X2SRi3RS)>-2-amiiio-3-X2-X2henylmethylX-2-H- 15 Man arbejder som i præparationen i eksempel 1 trin c) , idet man benytter det i trin b) ovenfor opnåede stof. Der fås 14.07 g trans-forbindelse med SMP ca. 60°C og 6,2 g cis-forbindelse med SMP ca. 105°C.Sl_I2§Ri.3SR ^ -_ (02_X2SRi3RS)> - 2-Amino-3-X2-X2henylmethylX-2-H-15 As in the preparation of Example 1, step c) is used, using the substance obtained in step b) above. 14.07 g of trans-compound with SMP is obtained approx. 60 ° C and 6.2 g of cis compound with SMP approx. 105 ° C.

^I^12§£i.3SRX22-tritylamino-3-X2-XghenylmethYl)_-2-H-tetrazol- 2 0 5rYllSroino)_-pentansyre-methylester.3SRX22-Tritylamino-3-X2-Xghenylmethyl) -2-H-tetrazole-2-pyrroloSroino-pentanoic acid methyl ester.

Man arbejder som angivet i trin <l) i præparationen efter eksempel 1 ud fra 21 g trans-forbindelse fremstillet som i trin c) ovenfor. Der fås 29,8 g af den forventede forbindelse.As indicated in step <l) of the preparation of Example 1, one is employed from 21 g of trans compound prepared as in step c) above. 29.8 g of the expected compound are obtained.

SMP ca. 190°C.SMP approx. 190 ° C.

25 e) (2SR£3SRX-2-tritYlamino-3-X2-XphenylmethYl)<”2-H-tetrazol-E) (2SR-3SRX-2-tritylamino-3-X2-xphenylmethyl) <2 H-tetrazole

Man arbejder som i trin e) i præparationen efter eksempel 1 under anvendelse af 29,8 g af den ovenfor fremstillede ester.As in step e) of the preparation according to Example 1, 29.8 g of the ester prepared above are used.

Der fås 26,3 g af den forventede forbindelse. SMP ca. 175°C.26.3 g of the expected compound are obtained. SMP approx. 175 ° C.

3 ° ί I_1 3SRj_4 SR^-4-ethyl^l-Xg-Xphenylmethyl )_-2-H-tetrazol^5-yl- ^ll£Ei£liSSi22ill2-azetidinon.3 ° I I_1 3SRj_4SR ^ -4-ethyl ^ l-Xg-Xphenylmethyl) -2-H-tetrazol-5-yl-ll Ei Ei £ li

Man arbejder som i f) i præparationen efter :ekseriipélul· ud.fra 5.18 g syre fremstillet ovenfor. Der fås 2,55 g af den forven-35 tede forbindelse. Rf=0,42, elueringsmiddel: methylenchlorid og i sopropylæter (95:5).Work as in (f) in the preparation for: exeriipélul · starting from 5.18 g of acid prepared above. 2.55 g of the expected compound are obtained. Rf = 0.42, eluent: methylene chloride and in sopropyl ether (95: 5).

g) (3SRi4SR) -hydrochlorid_af_3-amin034-ethyl-l-X2-_(EhenYlme-y2Yill2lSl£E£E22ol;;5-Yl)_-2-azetidinon.g) (3SRi4SR) hydrochloride_of_3-amino-34-ethyl-1-X2 -_ (Ehenylmy-y2Yill2lSl5E2E2O2; 5-Yl) -2-azetidinone.

- 46 "- 46 "

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

Man arbejder som i trin g) i præparationen i eksempel 1 under anvendelse af 2,4 g af det ovenfor fremstillede trityl-derivat. Der fås 1,15 g af den forventede forbindelse. SMP 202°C. Rf=0,52, elueringsmiddel: ethylacetat, ethanol og vand 5 (7:2:1).As in step g), the preparation of Example 1 is used using 2.4 g of the above-prepared trityl derivative. 1.15 g of the expected compound are obtained. SMP 202 ° C. Rf = 0.52, eluent: ethyl acetate, ethanol and water 5 (7: 2: 1).

EKSEMPEL 9: (3SR,4RS) -3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxy-imino)-acetylamino)-4-ethyl-l-(l-H-tetrazol-5-yl)-azetidinon. ^l-.SY^£2£hlorid_af_^3SRi4RS)_-3“aminO“4-ethyl-l-Xl-H-tetra2ol-10 5-yl^-2-azetidinon.Example 9: (3SR, 4RS) -3 - ((2- (2-Aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxy-imino) -acetylamino) -4-ethyl-1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) azetidinone. 3-Amino-4-ethyl-1-Xl-H-tetra2ol-5-yl-2-azetidinone.

Man arbejder som i eksempel 1 trin a) ud fra 1,08 g (3SR, 4RS)-hydrochlorid af 3-amino-4-ethyl-l-(2-(phenylmethyl)-2-H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon under 2 ganges hydrogenering af opløsningen i 15 min. Efter filtrering inddamper man til tørhed, 15 idet man optager resten 3 gange i ethanol og 2 gange i aceto-nitril.As in Example 1, step a) is worked from 1.08 g (3SR, 4RS) hydrochloride of 3-amino-4-ethyl-1- (2- (phenylmethyl) -2-H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone under 2x hydrogenation of the solution for 15 min. After filtration, evaporate to dryness, taking up the residue 3 times in ethanol and 2 times in acetonitrile.

ll_l^§Biil§ll3iXX2-Xtrityl^inothiazol-4-Yl]_-2-methoxYiminoace- tyl)_-^ino)_-4-ethyl-l-_(l-H-tetrazol-5-yll-2-azetidinon.II-1βBiil§113iXX2-Xtrityl ^ inothiazol-4-yl] - 2-methoxyiminoacetyl) - (amino) -4-ethyl-1- (1-H-tetrazol-5-yl-2-azetidinone).

Man arbejder som i trin B i eksempel 8, idet man benytter 20 det i trin A ovenfor opnåede stof og en suspension af blandet anhydrid af p-toluensulfonsyre og 2-(2-tritylaminothiazol-4-yl)-2-methoxyiminoeddikesyre, syn-isomer, fremstillet som i trin b) i eksempel 1 ud fra 1,56 g 2-(2-tritylaminothiazol-4-yl)-2-methoxyiminoeddikesyre, syn-isomer, og 670 mg p-toluen-2^ sulfonylchlorid. Der fås 2 g råprodukt, som man opløser i acetone og udfælder igen ved hjælp af æter. Man får 1,18 g af den forventede forbindelse. SMP 210°C.The procedure is as in Step B of Example 8, using the substance obtained in Step A above and a suspension of mixed anhydride of p-toluenesulfonic acid and 2- (2-tritylaminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyiminoacetic acid, syn. isomer, prepared as in step b) of Example 1 from 1.56 g of 2- (2-tritylaminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyiminoacetic acid, syn isomer, and 670 mg of p-toluene-2β sulfonyl chloride. 2 g of crude product is obtained, which is dissolved in acetone and precipitated again by ether. 1.18 g of the expected compound are obtained. SMP 210 ° C.

2l_i25R^4RS)_-3-XX23j[2-aminothia;Zol-4-yl)_-2-_(methoxyimino)_-ace-tyl)_-amino)_2£i§thYl-l-_(l-H-tetrazol-5-Yl)_-2-azetidinon.2l_i25R ^ 4RS) _- 3-XX23j [2-aminothia; Zol-4-yl) _2 -_ (methoxyimino) _- ace tyl) _- amino) _2 £ i§thYl-l -_ (LH tetrazol-5-yl) _- 2-azetidinone.

30 Man arbejder som i trin b) i eksempel 1 ud fra 870 mg af den i trin B ovenfor fremstillede forbindelse. Krystallerne vaskes med acetone og derefter med æter. Der fås 370 mg af den forventede forbindelse. SMP ca. 260°C (sønderdeling). Rf=0,2, elueringsmiddel: ethylacetat, ethanol og vand (7:2:1).As in step b) of Example 1, one is based on 870 mg of the compound prepared in step B above. The crystals are washed with acetone and then with ether. 370 mg of the expected compound is obtained. SMP approx. 260 ° C (dec.). Rf = 0.2, eluent: ethyl acetate, ethanol and water (7: 2: 1).

35 NMR-spektrum (DMSO): 0,88-0,95-1,03 ppm: CH3 i ethyl 3,85 ppm: N-OCH3 4,33 ppm: - 47 -NMR Spectrum (DMSO): 0.88-0.95-1.03 ppm: CH3 in ethyl 3.85 ppm: N-OCH3 4.33 ppm: - 47 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

5,47 til 5,63 ppm: 6,78 ppm: i thiazol 7,25 ppm: NE^5.47 to 5.63 ppm: 6.78 ppm: in thiazole 7.25 ppm: NE ^

9,43-9,53 ppm: NH-CO9.43-9.53 ppm: NH-CO

5 (3SR, 4RS) -hydrochloric! af 3-amino-4-ethyl-l-(2-(phenyl- methyl)-2-H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon, der benyttes som udgangsforbindelse i eksempel 9, fremstilles som følger: §i_i2§5i.3RS)_-2-tritYlamino-3-j[2-^phenylmethyl)_-2-H-tetrazol-5- 10 Man arbejder som angivet i trin d) i præparationen efter eksempel 1 ud fra 14 g cis-forbindelse opnået som i trin c) i præparationen efter eksempel 8. Der fås 19,87 g af den forventede forbindelse. SMP 140°C, Rf=0,17, elueringsmiddel: hexan.'. og ethylacetat (7:3).5 (3SR, 4RS) hydrochloric! of 3-amino-4-ethyl-1- (2- (phenylmethyl) -2-H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone used as the starting compound of Example 9 is prepared as follows: 5i.3RS) -2-Tritylamino-3-j [2- (phenylmethyl) -2-H-tetrazole-5-one As in step d), in the preparation of Example 1, one works from 14 g of cis compound obtained as in step c) of the preparation according to Example 8. 19.87 g of the expected compound are obtained. SMP 140 ° C, Rf = 0.17, eluent: hexane. and ethyl acetate (7: 3).

15 b)__i^SR^ RS)_-2-tri tylamino-3-_( 2-^phenylme thyl )_-2-H-tetrazol- 5-yl^-aminopentansyre.B) (2SR 2 RS) - 2-Triethylamino-3- (2- (phenylmethyl) -2-H-tetrazol-5-yl) -aminopentanoic acid.

Man arbejder som angivet i trin c) i præparationen efter eksempel 1 ud fra 19,8 g af den i forrige trin opnåede forbindelse, Der fås 4,4 g af den forventede forbindelse. SMP ca. 205°C, 20 Rf=0,27, elueringsmiddel: ethylacetat og hexan'. (7:3).As indicated in step c) in the preparation according to Example 1, one works from 19.8 g of the compound obtained in the previous step. 4.4 g of the expected compound is obtained. SMP approx. 205 ° C, 20 Rf = 0.27, eluent: ethyl acetate and hexane. (7: 3).

El.X^SRiiRS^-^-ethyl-l-X^-Xphenylmethyl^-g-H-tetrazol-S-yl^-S-tritylamino-2-azetidinon.El.X SRiiRS ^ ^ - ^ - ethyl-L-X ^ -Xphenylmethyl ^ -g-H-tetrazol-S-yl ^ -S-tritylamino-2-azetidinone.

Man arbejder som i trin f) i præparationen efter eksempel 1 under anvendelse af 4,75 g syre fremstillet som ovenfor. Der 25 fås 1,82 g af den forventede forbindelse. Rf=0,4, elueringsmiddel: methylenchlorid og isopropylæter (95:5).As in step f), the preparation of Example 1 is used using 4.75 g of acid prepared as above. 1.82 g of the expected compound are obtained. Rf = 0.4, eluent: methylene chloride and isopropyl ether (95: 5).

2zH-tetrazol-5-yl)_;2-azetidinon.2zH-tetrazol-5-yl) _; 2-azetidinone.

Man arbejder som i trin g) i præparationen efter eksempel 1 30 ud fra 1,8 g af den ovenfor opnåede forbindelse. Der fås 1,8 g af den forventede forbindelse. Rf=0,66, elueringsmiddel: ethylacetat, ethanol og vand (7:2:1).As in step g) of the preparation according to Example 1, one works from 1.8 g of the compound obtained above. 1.8 g of the expected compound are obtained. Rf = 0.66, eluent: ethyl acetate, ethanol and water (7: 2: 1).

EKSEMPEL 10: (3SR,4RS)-5-(3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)-2-me-35 thoxyiminoacetyl) -amino) -4-methyl-2-oxo-l-azetidinyl) -2-H-tetrazol-2-eddikesyre.Example 10: (3SR, 4RS) -5- (3 - ((2- (2-aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyiminoacetyl) amino) -4-methyl-2-oxo-1-azetidinyl ) -2-H-tetrazole-2-acetic acid.

^l_il§5jLiB§)_-5-X3=^j[2-^23^inothiazol24-Yl)>32-niethoxYimino- acetyl)-amino)-4-methyl-2-oxo-l-azetidinyjJ -2-H-tetrazol-2- - 48 -5-X3 = 2 [2- (23-Inothiazol24-Yl)> 32-methoxy-amino-acetyl) -amino) -4-methyl-2-oxo-1-azetidinyl] -2-H -tetrazole-2- - 48 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

Man opløser ved 50°C 2,27 g (3SR,4RS)-3-((2-(2-tritylamino)- 5 thiazol-4-yl)-2-methoxyiminoacetyl)-amino-4-methyl-l-(1-H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon i 35 ral dimethylformamid, lader genantage stuetemperatur og tilsætter 170 mg natriumhydrid (55% i olie), omrører 15 min., tilsætter 1 ml tert.-butylbrom-acetat og lader henstå 16 timer under omrøring. Man hælder reaktionsblandingen i 250 ml vandig 0,1M mononatirumphosphat-opløsning, extraherer med æter, vasker med vand, tørrer og inddamper til tørhed under formindsket tryk. Man chromatograferer resten . på silicagel (elueringsmiddel: methylenchlorid og acetone (9:1)) og får 1,3 g af den forventede forbindelse 15 og 130 mg tilsvarende 1-substitueret derivat.2.27 g (3SR, 4RS) -3 - ((2- (2-tritylamino) -5-thiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyiminoacetyl) amino-4-methyl-1- ( 1-H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone in 35 dimethylformamide, recharge at room temperature and add 170 mg of sodium hydride (55% in oil), stir for 15 minutes, add 1 ml of tert.-butyl bromoacetate and charge leave for 16 hours with stirring. The reaction mixture is poured into 250 ml of aqueous 0.1 M monosodium phosphate solution, extracted with ether, washed with water, dried and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. Chromatograph the rest. on silica gel (eluent: methylene chloride and acetone (9: 1)) to obtain 1.3 g of the expected compound 15 and 130 mg of corresponding 1-substituted derivative.

BI^_(3SR^4RS) ~5~(3-jQ27j(2-^inothazgl-4-yl)^2-methpxyiminoacetyl^-§SiS2ilir5®thyl-2-oxo-l^azetidinyl)_-2-H-tetrazol-2-eddikesyre.B1 (3SR4RRS) ~ 5 ~ (3-YO27j (2-3-inothazgl-4-yl) 2-methoxy-aminoacetyl-6-SiS2ilir-5-methyl-2-oxo-1-azetidinyl) -2-H tetrazole-2-acetic acid.

Man omrører i 10 min. 960 mg af den i trin A fremstillede 20 forbindelse i 3/ ml trifluoreddikesyre, inddamper til tørhed under formindsket tryk og optager resten i 6 ml 66%’s myresyre, opvarmer 15 min. til 50°C og lader genantage stuetemperatur.Stir for 10 min. 960 mg of the 20 compound prepared in step A in 3 / ml trifluoroacetic acid, evaporates to dryness under reduced pressure and takes up the residue in 6 ml of 66% formic acid, heats for 15 minutes. to 50 ° C and allow to re-enter room temperature.

Man frasuger det uopløselige materiale, inddamper filtratet under formindsket tryk til krystallisation, tilsætter vand, omrører 25 30 min., suger fra, vasker med vand og tørrer under formindsket tryk. Efter omkrystallisation af ethanol får man den forventede forbindelse. SMP ca. 240°C, RF=0,14, elueringsmiddel: ethyl-acetat, ethanol og vand (7:2:1).The insoluble material is aspirated off, the filtrate is evaporated under reduced pressure for crystallization, water is added, stirred for 30 minutes, suctioned off, washed with water and dried under reduced pressure. After recrystallization of ethanol, the expected compound is obtained. SMP approx. 240 ° C, RF = 0.14, eluent: ethyl acetate, ethanol and water (7: 2: 1).

NMR-spektrum (DMSO):NMR Spectrum (DMSO):

30 1,38-144 ppm: C§3-CH1.38-144 ppm: C§3-CH

3,89 ppm: OCH3 4.55 ppm: CH3-Cg 5.55 ppm: H3 5.67 ppm: N-Cg2-C00H 35 6,83 ppm: H^i thiazol3.89 ppm: OCH3 4.55 ppm: CH3-Cg 5.55 ppm: H3 5.67 ppm: N-Cg2-C00H 6.83 ppm: H 2 in thiazole

9,41-9,51 ppm: NH-CO9.41-9.51 ppm: NH-CO

EKSEMPEL 11: (3SR,4SR) -3-( (2-(-aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxy- iminoacetyl)-amino)-4-(fluormethyl)-1-(l-H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2- azetidinon.Example 11: (3SR, 4SR) -3- ((2 - (- aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyminoacetyl) amino) -4- (fluoromethyl) -1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) ) -2- azetidinone.

- 49 -- 49 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

5 Man omrører i 3 timer ved stuetemperatur 2,22 g hydro- chlorid af (3SR,4SR) -3-amino-4-fluormethyl-2-azetidinon fremstillet som i belgisk patentskrift nr. 894 785 i 60 ml methylen-chlorid, 4,2 ml triethylamin og 4,1 g tritylchlorid. Man tilsætter 100 ml methylenchlorid, vasker med vand, tørrer og ind-·*·° damper til tørhed under formindsket tryk. Man optager krystallerne i isopropylæter, suger fra, vasker med isopropylæter og derefter med pentan, tørrer under formindsket tryk ved 50°C og får 4,36 g af den forventede forbindelse. SMP 200-202°C (sønderdeling).2.22 g of hydrochloride of (3SR, 4SR) -3-amino-4-fluoromethyl-2-azetidinone prepared as in Belgian Patent No. 894,785 in 60 ml of methylene chloride are stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. , 2 ml of triethylamine and 4.1 g of trityl chloride. 100 ml of methylene chloride is added, washed with water, dried and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The crystals are taken up in isopropyl ether, sucked off, washed with isopropyl ether and then with pentane, dried under reduced pressure at 50 ° C to obtain 4.36 g of the expected compound. SMP 200-202 ° C (decomposition).

15 ?I,i3§R^4SR}_-l-Q-ben2Yl.t_e.tr^gp3L-5-yl)_-3-tritYlamino-4-fluor-15β, 13βR ^ 4SR} -1-Q-ben2Yl.t_e.tr ^ gp3L-5-yl) -3-tritylamino-4-fluoro-1

Man opløser ved 50°C 3,6 g af den i forrige trin opnåede forbindelse i 60 ml tetrahydrofuran og afkøler derpå opløsnin-2Q gen til -40°C. Man omrører i 3 min. 15 ml 0,66M natrium-bis-trimethylsilylamid i tetrahydrofuran, omrører i 5 min. ved -30°C og afkøler derpå til -60°C og får en suspension, som man langsomt hælder i en opløsning af 2 g 5-fluor-l-benzyltetrazol i 900 ml toluen. Man omrører 30 min. ved stuetemperatur, til-25 sætter 50 ml vandig 1M mononatriumphosphat-opløsning, dekanterer, tørrer og inddamper til tørhed under formindsket tryk. Man chromatograferer resten på silicagel (elueringsmiddel: benzen og ethylacetat. (97:3)). Man isolerer 2,6 g råprodukt, som man omkrystalliserer i æter. Man får 2,18 g af den forventede forbin-30 delse. KF=0,4, elueringsmiddel: benzen og ethylacetat (95:5) . Qi_SZÉE22i}i2£i^_2f_i3SRi4SR)_-l-j(l-benzYltetrazol=5-yl)--3-amino-ilil22£S§£hYl-2-azetidinon.3.6 g of the compound obtained in the previous step is dissolved in 60 ml of tetrahydrofuran and then the solution-2Q gene is cooled to -40 ° C. Stir for 3 min. 15 ml of 0.66M sodium bis-trimethylsilylamide in tetrahydrofuran, stir for 5 min. at -30 ° C and then cools to -60 ° C to obtain a suspension which is slowly poured into a solution of 2 g of 5-fluoro-1-benzyltetrazole in 900 ml of toluene. Stir for 30 min. at room temperature, 50 ml of aqueous 1M monosodium phosphate solution is added, decanted, dried and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue is chromatographed on silica gel (eluent: benzene and ethyl acetate (97: 3)). 2.6 g of crude product is isolated, which is recrystallized in ether. 2.18 g of the expected compound are obtained. KF = 0.4, eluent: benzene and ethyl acetate (95: 5). Qi_SZÉE22i} i2 £ ^ in _2f_i3SRi4SR) _- l-j (l-benzyltetrazole = 5-yl) - 3-amino-ilil22 S§ £ £ methyl-2-azetidinone.

Man omrører 30 min. ved stuetemperatur 2,18 g af forbindelsen ovenfor i 60 ml methylenchlorid og 1,3 ml 5M hydrogenchlorid-35 opløsning i en blanding af methanol og vand (97:3). Man frasuger udfældningen, vasker den med methylenchlorid og derefter med æter, tørrer den og får 1,17 g af den forventede forbindelse.Stir for 30 min. at room temperature 2.18 g of the above compound in 60 ml of methylene chloride and 1.3 ml of 5M hydrogen chloride solution in a mixture of methanol and water (97: 3). The precipitate is suctioned off, washed with methylene chloride and then with ether, dried and given 1.17 g of the expected compound.

SMP 180-200°C (sønderdeling).SMP 180-200 ° C (decomposition).

-50--50-

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

D)__HYdrochlorid_af_X3SRi4SR)_-3-amino-4-fluormethYl-l-<(l-H-^StiSSSil^lZizi^-azetidinon.D) __ HYdrochlorid_af_X3SRi4SR) _- 3-amino-4-fluoromethyl-l - <(L-H StiSSSil ^ ^ ^ lZizi azetidinone.

Man hydrogenerer i 30 min. ved 40°C en blanding af 1,17 g af hydrochloridet fra forrige trin i 50 ml methanol tilsat 160 mg 5 palladium på kul (18%) . Man filtrerer, inddamper filtratet til tørhed, under formindsket tryk og få 836 mg af den forventede forbindelse. RF=0,1, elueringsmiddel: ethylacetat, ethanol og vand (7:2:1).Hydrogenate for 30 min. at 40 ° C a mixture of 1.17 g of the hydrochloride from the previous step in 50 ml of methanol added with 160 mg of 5 palladium on charcoal (18%). Filter, evaporate the filtrate to dryness, under reduced pressure to obtain 836 mg of the expected compound. RF = 0.1, eluent: ethyl acetate, ethanol and water (7: 2: 1).

?l_l^§5ri§^lz^zii2iitritylamino-Xthiazol34-Yl)_-2-methoxYimino)_2 1 ° 5£®tZiilSSii52zål£ili2SSS£iiZizillizSz£®i£å22il5lXiiz2zS5§tidinon.? l_l ^ §5ri§ ^ lz ^ zii2iitritylamino-Xthiazol34-Yl) _- 2-methoxYimino) _2 1 ° 5 £ ®tZiilSSii52zål £ ili2SSS £ iiZizillizSz £ ®i £ å22il5lXiiz2zS5§tidinone.

Man opløser 102 mg af den i forrige trin fremstillede forbindelse i 3 ml acetonitril og 0,2 ml triethylamin. Man hælder langsomt denne opløsning i en suspension af blandet anhydrid af 15 p-toluensulfonsyre og 2-(2-tritylaminothiazol-4-yl)-2-methoxy-eddikesyre, syn-isomer, fremstilllet som i trin b) i eksempel 1 ud fra 203 mg 2-(2-tritylaminothiazol-4-yl)-2-methoxyimino-eddikesyre, syn-isomer og 88 mg p-toluensulfonylchlorid. Man 0 larører 30 min., tilsætter 0,05 ml eddikesyre, inddamper til 20 2 ml under formindsket tryk, optager i ethylacetat, vasker med vand, tørrer og inddamper til tørhed. Man optager atter resten 1 ethylacetat, isafkøler, suger fra og tørrer krystallerne. Man får 186 mg af den forventede forbindelse. SMP 200°C.102 mg of the compound of the previous step is dissolved in 3 ml of acetonitrile and 0.2 ml of triethylamine. This solution is slowly poured into a suspension of mixed anhydride of 15 p-toluenesulfonic acid and 2- (2-tritylaminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxy-acetic acid, syn isomer, prepared as in step b) of Example 1 from 203 mg of 2- (2-tritylaminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyimino acetic acid, syn isomer and 88 mg of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride. Stir 0 minutes for 30 minutes, add 0.05 ml of acetic acid, evaporate to 20 ml under reduced pressure, take up in ethyl acetate, wash with water, dry and evaporate to dryness. The residue is again taken up with 1 ethyl acetate, ice-cooled, suctioned off and the crystals dried. 186 mg of the expected compound is obtained. SMP 200 ° C.

il-i^SRiiSR^-S-XXg-Xg-^inothiazol-^-Yl^-g-methoxYiminoacetYl^- 2 5 amino )~4-(flugrmethyl )^-1-jil-H-tetrazol-S-Yl^-g-azetidinon.11-SR3SR4 -S-XXg-Xg- ^ inothiazole - ^ - Yl ^ -g-methoxymiminoacetyl ^ - (amino) ~ 4- (fluoromethyl) ^ - 1-yl-H-tetrazol-S-yl -g-azetidinone.

Man opvarmer i 15 min. til 50°C 202 mg af den ovenfor fremstillede forbindelse i 4 ml 66%'s myresyre. Man isafkøler, suger fra og inddamper filtratet under formindsket tryk. Man optager i vand og frasuger krystallerne, som man vasker med vand, med 30 acetone og derefter med æter. Man isolerer 88 mg af den forventede forbindelse. SMP ca. 250°C. Bf=0,2, elueringsmiddel: ethylacetat, ethanol og vand (7:2:1).Heat for 15 min. to 50 ° C 202 mg of the above compound in 4 ml of 66% formic acid. You cool down, suction and evaporate the filtrate under reduced pressure. You absorb in water and extract the crystals which you wash with water with 30 acetone and then with ether. 88 mg of the expected compound are isolated. SMP approx. 250 ° C. Bf = 0.2, eluent: ethyl acetate, ethanol and water (7: 2: 1).

NMR-spektrum (DMSO) : 3,86 ppm: OCH^ 35 fra 5,60 til 5,74 ppm: H3 6,78 ppm: H,- i thiazol 7,22 ppm: NH2NMR Spectrum (DMSO): 3.86 ppm: OCH 3 from 5.60 to 5.74 ppm: H 3 6.78 ppm: H 1 - in thiazole 7.22 ppm: NH 2

9,44-9,53 ppm: NH-CO9.44-9.53 ppm: NH-CO

- 51 -- 51 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

Det 5-fluor-l -.benzyltetrazol, der benyttes som udgangsforbindelse i eksempel 11, fremstilles som følger:The 5-fluoro-1-benzyltetrazole used as the starting compound of Example 11 is prepared as follows:

Man afkøler til -5°C ^2°0 9,7 ml hydrazinhydrat i 50 ml 5 tetrahydrofuran og 50 ml æter under indifferent atmosfære og tilsætter 26,6 g benzylisocyanat i 100 ml æter. Man omrører i 16 timer, idet man lader genantage stuetemperatur, og man frasuger udfældningen, vasker den med æter, optager den i 250 ml methanol, opvarmer under tilbagesvaling, filtrerer, inddamper 10 filtratet til 50 ml under formindsket tryk, tilsætter ethyl-acetat under eliminering af methanolet ved destillation, inddamper til 100 ml, isafkøler, suger krystallerne fra, vasker dem med ethylacetat og tørrer dem under formindsket tryk. Der fås 25,56 g af den forventede forbindelse. SMP 115°C.9.7 ml of hydrazine hydrate in 50 ml of 5 tetrahydrofuran and 50 ml of ether are cooled to inert atmosphere and 26.6 g of benzyl isocyanate are added to 100 ml of ether. Stir for 16 hours, allowing to re-enter room temperature and extracting the precipitate, washing with ether, absorbing it in 250 ml of methanol, refluxing, filtering, evaporating the filtrate to 50 ml under reduced pressure, adding ethyl acetate under elimination of the methanol by distillation, evaporating to 100 ml, ice-cooling, suctioning the crystals, washing them with ethyl acetate and drying them under reduced pressure. 25.56 g of the expected compound are obtained. SMP 115 ° C.

15 b^Azid^af^-^phenylmethyl^-carbaminsyre.15 b ^ Azide ^ of ^ - ^ phenylmethyl ^ -carbamic acid.

Man sætter 8,19 g natriumnitrit til en opløsning af 19,5 g amid fra forrige trin i 331,5 ml vand og 58,5 ml 2N saltsyre, som holdes på en temperatur under 25°C. Man omrører 1 time, suger udfældningen, vasker den med vand, tørrer den og får 18,9 20 g af den. forventede forbindelse. SMp ca. 85°C. c )__5;chlor-l-benzyl tetrazol.8.19 g of sodium nitrite are added to a solution of 19.5 g of amide from the previous step in 331.5 ml of water and 58.5 ml of 2N hydrochloric acid, which is kept at a temperature below 25 ° C. Stir for 1 hour, suck the precipitate, wash it with water, dry it and get 18.9 20 g of it. expected connection. SMp approx. 85 ° C. c) __ 5; chloro-1-benzyl tetrazole.

Man sætter langsomt under omrøring en opløsning af 23,5 g phosphorpentachlorid i 250 ml trichlorethylen til en suspension af 15,8 g af den i forrige trin opnåede forbindelse i 150 ml 25 tetrachlorethylen. Man opvarmer 1 time til tilbagesvaling, afkøler og hælder opløsningen i en vandig natriumbicarbonatopløs-ning, dekanterer, extraherer med methylenchlorid, vasker med en vandig natriumchloridopløsning, tørrer og inddamper til tørhed under formindsket tryk. Man chromatograferer resten på 30 silicagel (elueringmiddel; hexan og ethylacetat (7:3)) og får 6,85 g af den forventede forbindelse.A solution of 23.5 g of phosphorus pentachloride in 250 ml of trichlorethylene is slowly added with stirring to a suspension of 15.8 g of the compound obtained in the previous step in 150 ml of tetrachlorethylene. The mixture is heated to reflux, cooled and poured into an aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, decanted, extracted with methylene chloride, washed with an aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue is chromatographed on silica gel (eluent; hexane and ethyl acetate (7: 3)) to obtain 6.85 g of the expected compound.

d)__5-fluor-l-benzyltetrazol.d) __ 5-fluoro-l-benzyltetrazole.

I 3 liter acetonitril blander man 16 g "crown"-ætiær (18-6) og 20 g kaliumfluorid. Man afdestillerer 500 ml opløsningsmiddel 35 under argonstrøm og tilsætter 7,9 g af den i forrige trin opnåede forbindelse. Man opvarmer til tilbagesvaling i 65 timer, filtrerer og inddamper til tørhed under formindsket tryk. Man optager resten i benzen, inddamper til tørhed, chromatograferer - 52 -In 3 liters of acetonitrile, 16 g of crown ether (18-6) and 20 g of potassium fluoride are mixed. 500 ml of solvent 35 is distilled off under argon flow and 7.9 g of the compound obtained in the previous step is added. It is heated to reflux for 65 hours, filtered and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue is taken up in benzene, evaporated to dryness, chromatographed - 52 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

resten på silicagel (elueringsmiddel: hexan og ethylacetat (7:3)) og får 5,73 g af den forventede forbindelse. Rf=0,23, elueringsmiddel: hexan og ethylacetat (7:3).the residue on silica gel (eluent: hexane and ethyl acetate (7: 3)) to obtain 5.73 g of the expected compound. Rf = 0.23, eluent: hexane and ethyl acetate (7: 3).

EKSEMPEL 12: (3S) -3-( (2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyimino-5 acetyl)-amino)-1-(3-trifluormethyl-l-H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon.Example 12: (3S) -3- ((2- (2-Aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyimino-acetyl) amino) -1- (3-trifluoromethyl-1H-1,2,4-triazole -5-yl) -2-azetidinone.

Man arbejder som i trin a) i eksempel 3 ud fra hydrochlo- rid af (3S)-3-amino-l-(1-H-l,2,4-triazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon og blandet anhydrid af p-toluensulfonsyre og 2-(2-tritylamino- 10 thiazol-4-yl)-2-methoxyiminoeddikesyre, syn-isomer, fremstillet som i trin b) i eksempel 1. Man fortsætter syntesen som i trin b) i eksempel 3 og får den forventede forbindelse. Rf=0,15-0,2, elueringsmiddel: methylenchlorid, acetone og methanol (75:17:8).As in step a) of Example 3, one is based on hydrochloride of (3S) -3-amino-1- (1-H1, 2,4-triazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone and mixed anhydride of p. -toluenesulfonic acid and 2- (2-tritylamino-thiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyiminoacetic acid, syn-isomer, prepared as in step b) in Example 1. The synthesis is continued as in step b) in Example 3 and obtained expected connection. Rf = 0.15-0.2, eluent: methylene chloride, acetone and methanol (75: 17: 8).

NMR -spektrum (DMSO): 15 3,85 ppm: (s) OCHg 3,75 til 4,33 ppm: (m) H4 - 5,19 ppm: (m) Hg 6,78 ppm: (s) Hg i thiazol 7,22 ppm: (s)NMR Spectrum (DMSO): 3.85 ppm: (s) OCHg 3.75 to 4.33 ppm: (m) H4 - 5.19 ppm: (m) Hg 6.78 ppm: (s) Hg thiazole 7.22 ppm: (s)

20 9,31 ppm: (d) NH-CO9.31 ppm: (d) NH-CO

IR-spektrum (nujol) 1780-1663 cm-1: -C=0 1530 cm"1: sekundært amid 1588 cm konjugeret system 25 1150-1200 cm”1: CF-IR spectrum (nujol) 1780-1663 cm -1: -C = 0 1530 cm -1: secondary amide 1588 cm conjugated system 1150-1200 cm -1: CF

-1 J-1 J

1025 og 1045 cm : oxim1025 and 1045 cm: oxime

Det hydrochlorid af (3S)-3-amino-l-(l-H-l,2,4-triazol- 5-yl)-2-azetidinon, der benyttes som udgangsforbindelse i eksempel 12, fremstilles som følger: 50 a^l-benzyl-S-amino-S-trifluormethyl-l^g^^-triazol.The hydrochloride of (3S) -3-amino-1- (1H1, 2,4-triazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone used as the starting compound of Example 12 is prepared as follows: S-amino-S-trifluoromethyl-l ^ g ^^ - triazole.

Man omrører ved stuetemperatur 10 g 2-phenylmethylhydrazin-carboximidamid i 100 ml methanol med 2,7 g natriummethylat og tilsætter derpå 6 ml ethyltrifluoracetat, omrører 1 time og inddamper til tørhed under formindsket tryk. Man optager resten 35 i 250 ml æter og 100 ml vand, dekanterer, ekstraherer med æter, tørrer den organiske fase og inddamper til tørhed. Man optager resten i æter, ch'romatografeier på silicagel under eluering med æter og isolerer 7,1 g råprodukt, som man udriver med isopropyl- - 53 -At room temperature, 10 g of 2-phenylmethylhydrazine carboxymidamide is stirred in 100 ml of methanol with 2.7 g of sodium methylate and then 6 ml of ethyl trifluoroacetate is added, stirred for 1 hour and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue is taken up in 250 ml ether and 100 ml water, decanted, extracted with ether, dried in the organic phase and evaporated to dryness. The residue is taken up in ether, chromatographed on silica gel eluting with ether and isolated 7.1 g of crude product which is precipitated with isopropyl - 53 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

æter, suger fra og tørrer. Der fås 6,25 g af den forventede forbindelse. SMP 126°C.eats, sucks and dries. 6.25 g of the expected compound are obtained. SMP 126 ° C.

b)__H£drochlorid_af „XSS^-S-amino-l-^l-H-l^^-triazol-B-^l^-2l§zetidinon.b) __ H 2 -chlorochloride of "XSS ^ -S-amino-1- [1- [H-1" - triazole-B- [1,2-] 2- zididinone.

5 Man arbejder som i trin a, b, c, dogei præparationen efter eksempel 3 ud fra den i forrige trin opnåede forbindelse og lactonen af N-trityl-L-serin.As in steps a, b, c, the dogei preparation according to Example 3 is worked from the compound obtained in the previous step and the lactone of N-trityl-L-serine.

EKSEMPEL 13; (3S) -3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)-2-methoxyimino-10 acetyl)-amino)-I-(4-nitro-3-trifluormethyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)- 2- azetidinon.EXAMPLE 13; (3S) -3 - ((2- (2-Aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyimino-acetyl) amino) -1- (4-nitro-3-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl) - 2- azetidinone.

^i-i^iz^ltert^-butoxycarbonylamino-l-ll-Xg^^phenylthio^-ethYl^- 3- trif luormethyl-4-nitropyrazol-5-yl)_-2-azetidinon.1- [1- (3-trifluoromethyl-4-nitropyrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone.

Man afkøler til -35°C 925 mg 3-tert.-butoxycarbonylamino-15 2-azetidinon fremstillet ifølge fransk patentskrift nr. 2 509 299 i 20 ml tetrahydrofuran og tilsætter 6,25 ml 0,8M natrium-bis-trimethylsilylamid i tetrahydrofuran, omrører 15 min. ved -35°C og tilsætter 2,2 g 1-(2-(phenylthio)-ethyl)-3-trifluormethyl- 4- nitro-5-fluorpyrrazol. Man lader genantage stuetemperatur, 20 hælder i 100 ml 1M vandig mononatriumphosphatopløsning og eks- traherer med æter. Man tørrer den organiske fase, inddamper, chromatograferer resten på silicagel (elueringsmiddel: hexan og ethylacetat (75:25)) og isolerer 1,65 g af den forventede forbindelse. Rf=0,22, elueringsmiddel: hexan og ethylacetat (8:2) .It is cooled to -35 ° C 925 mg of 3-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-azetidinone prepared according to French Patent No. 2,509,299 in 20 ml of tetrahydrofuran and 6.25 ml of 0.8M sodium bis-trimethylsilylamide in tetrahydrofuran are added. stirring for 15 min. at -35 ° C and adding 2.2 g of 1- (2- (phenylthio) ethyl) -3-trifluoromethyl-4-nitro-5-fluoropyrrazole. It is allowed to re-enter room temperature, pour 20 into 100 ml of 1M aqueous monosodium phosphate solution and extract with ether. Dry the organic phase, evaporate, chromatograph the residue on silica gel (eluent: hexane and ethyl acetate (75:25)) and isolate 1.65 g of the expected compound. Rf = 0.22, eluent: hexane and ethyl acetate (8: 2).

25 B)^_P§^-3-tertA-butoxycarbonYl^ino-l-(l-(2-j(phenylsulfonyl)^-ethyl I-3-trif luo^gthyl-^nitropyrrazol-S^yl) -2-azetidinon.B) β-β-β-3-tertA-butoxycarbonyll ^ino-1- (1- (2-j (phenylsulfonyl) β-ethyl I-3-trifluoroethyl-nitropyrrazole-S azetidinone.

Man sætter under omrøring ad to gange med et mellemrum på 5 min. 400 mg m-chlorperbenzoesyre til en opløsning af 1,05 g af den i forrige trin opnåede forbindelse i 10 ml methylenchlo-rid. Man lader henstå under omrøring 30 min. ved stuetemperatur, tilsætter 40 ml methylenchlorid, vasker den organiske fase med en vandig kaliumbicarbonatopløsning, tørrer og inddamper til tørhed. Man isolerer 1,05 g af den forventede forbindelse.It is stirred twice at intervals of 5 min. 400 mg of m-chloroperbenzoic acid to a solution of 1.05 g of the compound obtained in the previous step in 10 ml of methylene chloride. Allow to stir for 30 min. at room temperature, add 40 ml of methylene chloride, wash the organic phase with an aqueous potassium bicarbonate solution, dry and evaporate to dryness. 1.05 g of the expected compound are isolated.

Rf=0,45, elueringsmiddel: methylenchlorid og ethylacetat (9:1) .Rf = 0.45, eluent: methylene chloride and ethyl acetate (9: 1).

35 C) (SS^S-tert^-butoxycarbonylamino-l-^^-nitro-S-trifluormethyl-EiiUSSSilålZllllzSzetidinon.35 C) (SS 3 S-tert 3 -butoxycarbonylamino-1-3 nitro-5-trifluoromethyl-EIIUSSSilålZIIIIzSzetidinone.

Man sætter 2,4 ml 1,45M opløsning af kalium-tert.-butylat i tetrahydrofuran til 1,60 g af den i trin B ovenfor fremstillede forbindelse i 80 ml æter. Man omrører 15 min. og tilsætter - 54 -2.4 ml of 1.45M solution of potassium tert.-butylate in tetrahydrofuran is added to 1.60 g of the compound prepared in step B above in 80 ml of ether. Stir for 15 min. and adds - 54 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

3,3 ml IN saltsyre og derpå 20 ml vand, dekanterer, ekstraherer med æter, tørrer den organiske fase og inddamper til tørhed under formindsket tryk. Efter chromatografi på silicagel (elueringsmiddel: methylenchlorid og methanol (96:4)) iso-5 lerer man 580 mg råprodukt, som man omkrystalliserer af en blanding af isopropylæter og ethylæter (5:3). Der fås 503 mg af den forventede forbindelse. SMP 200-210°C (sønderdeling) , Bf=0,3, elueringsmiddel: methylenchlorid og methanol (9:1).3.3 ml of 1N hydrochloric acid and then 20 ml of water, decant, extract with ether, dry the organic phase and evaporate to dryness under reduced pressure. After chromatography on silica gel (eluent: methylene chloride and methanol (96: 4)), 580 mg of crude product is isolated, which is recrystallized from a mixture of isopropyl ether (5: 3). 503 mg of the expected compound is obtained. SMP 200-210 ° C (dec.), Bf = 0.3, eluent: methylene chloride and methanol (9: 1).

10 EY£raz2l”5-yl)_”2-azetidin2n ·10 EY £ raz2l "5-yl)" 2-azetidine2n

Man omrører i 15 min. ved stuetemperatur 452 mg af den i trin C ovenfor fremstillede forbindelse i 5 ml trifluor-eddikesyre og inddamper til tørhed. Man optager resten i 15 ml acetonitril og inddamper. Man foretager denne operation 4 gange og afdamper opløsningsmidlet under formindsket tryk og får 476 mg af den forventede forbindelse. Rf=0,2, elueringsmiddel: methylenchlorid og methanol (8:2).Stir for 15 min. at room temperature 452 mg of the compound prepared in step C above in 5 ml of trifluoroacetic acid and evaporate to dryness. The residue is taken up in 15 ml of acetonitrile and evaporated. This operation is performed 4 times and the solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure to give 476 mg of the expected compound. Rf = 0.2, eluent: methylene chloride and methanol (8: 2).

E) __^3S^-3-^^2-^2-tritylamin2thiaz2l“42yl)>-2“meth2XYimin2acetyl)_-cmingl-l^(4-nitro-3-trifluormethYl-lH-pyrrazol-5-y]J-2- 20 azetidinon.E) (3S) -3 - [2- (2-Tritylamine-2-thiazyl] -42-yl] -2-meth-2-yl-yimin-2-acetyl) -cmingl-1 ^ (4-nitro-3-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrrazol-5-yl) -2- 20 azetidinone.

Man sætter en opløsning af 475 mg af den ovenfor fremstillede forbindelse i 15 ml acetonitril og 0,35 ml triethylamin til en suspension af det blandede anhydrid af p-toluensul fonsyre og 2-(2-tritylaminothiazol-4-yl)-2-methoxyiminoeddikesyre, 25 syn-isomer, fremstillet som i trin b) i eksempel 1 ud fra 600 mg syre og 256 mg p-toluensulfonchlorid. Efter 1 times omrøring ved stuetemperatur inddamper man, optager'ri methylenchlorfdet, vasker med en vandig 1M mononatriumphosphat-opløsning og 0,1N saltsyre, tørrer den organiske fase og inddamper til tørhed.A solution of 475 mg of the compound prepared above in 15 ml of acetonitrile and 0.35 ml of triethylamine is added to a suspension of the mixed anhydride of p-toluenesulphonic acid and 2- (2-tritylaminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyiminoacetic acid , 25 syn isomers prepared as in step b) of Example 1 from 600 mg of acid and 256 mg of p-toluenesulfone chloride. After stirring for 1 hour at room temperature, the methylene chloride is taken up, washed with an aqueous 1M monosodium phosphate solution and 0.1N hydrochloric acid, dried over the organic phase and evaporated to dryness.

30 Efter chromatografi af resten på silicagel (elueringsmiddel: methylenchlorid og methanol (94:6)) isolerer man 657 mg af den forventede forbindelse. Rf=0,4, elueringsmiddel: methylenchlorid og methanol (9:1).After chromatography of the residue on silica gel (eluent: methylene chloride and methanol (94: 6)), 657 mg of the expected compound were isolated. Rf = 0.4, eluent: methylene chloride and methanol (9: 1).

F) (3S)-3-^(2-(2-aminothiazol-4-Yl)-2-methoxyiminoacetyl)- 3 5 5ΐΒΪΕ2ΐΐΧζϋΐ2ΐ£ΐ2Ζ3Γ££ΐ£1^2ϊ52^1ιγ1-1Η-ργΓη§ζο1-5-γ1)_-2- azetidinon.F) (3S) -3- (2- (2-Aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyiminoacetyl) -3- 5ΐΒΪΕ2ΐΐΧζϋΐ2ΐ £ ΐ2Ζ3Γ ££ ΐ £ 1 ^ 2ϊ52 ^ 1ιγ1-1Η-ργΓη§ζο1-5 γ1) _- 2- azetidinone.

Man arbejder som i trin b) i eksempel 3 ud fra 610 mg - 55 -As in step b) in Example 3, one is based on 610 mg - 55

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

af den i trin E ovenfor fremstillede forbindelse og får 257 mg af den forventede forbindelse. SMP 200-210°C. Rf=0,45, elueringsmiddel: ethylacetat, ethanol og vand (85:10:5). NMR-spektrum (DMSO): 5 3,87 ppm: N-0CH3 4,11 til 4,42 ppm: H4 5,18 ppm: H3 6,77 ppm: i thiazolof the compound prepared in step E above and receiving 257 mg of the expected compound. SMP 200-210 ° C. Rf = 0.45, eluent: ethyl acetate, ethanol and water (85: 10: 5). NMR Spectrum (DMSO): δ 3.87 ppm: N-OCH 3 4.11 to 4.42 ppm: H4 5.18 ppm: H3 6.77 ppm: in thiazole

7,22 ppm: NH2 10 9,36-9,44 ppm: NH-CO7.22 ppm: NH2 9.36-9.44 ppm: NH-CO

IR-spektrum (nujol) 1790 (skulder) 1763 (max) 1750-1680-1655 cm"1 : C=0 1603-1585-1537-1528 cm"1 : aromatiske grupper.IR spectrum (nujol) 1790 (shoulder) 1763 (max) 1750-1680-1655 cm -1: C = 0 1603-1585-1537-1528 cm -1: aromatic groups.

Det som udgangsforbindelse i eksempel 13 benyttede 15 1-(2-(phenylthio)-ebhyl)-3-trifluormethyl-4-nitro-5-fluor- pyrrazol fremstilles som følger: a)__3-brom-4-nitro-5-trifluormethylpyrrazol.The starting compound of Example 13 used 1- (2- (phenylthio) ebhyl) -3-trifluoromethyl-4-nitro-5-fluoropyrrazole is prepared as follows: a) 3-Bromo-4-nitro-5-trifluoromethylpyrrazole .

Man opvarmer til 80°C 14 g 3-brom-5-trifluormethyl-pyrrazol i 100 ml ren svovlsyre og tilsætter i løbet af 15 min.14 g of 3-bromo-5-trifluoromethyl-pyrrazole are heated to 80 ° C in 100 ml of pure sulfuric acid and added over 15 minutes.

20 10 g kaliumnitrat. Efter 45 minutters omrøring ved 80°C afkøler man og hælder på is, ekstraherer med methylenchlorid, tørrer den organiske fase og inddamper til tørhed under formindsket tryk ved 50°C. Man isolerer 16,9 g af den forventede forbindelse. SMP 50-60°C.20 g of potassium nitrate. After 45 minutes of stirring at 80 ° C, cool and pour on ice, extract with methylene chloride, dry the organic phase and evaporate to dryness under reduced pressure at 50 ° C. 16.9 g of the expected compound are isolated. SMP 50-60 ° C.

2 5 b)__l-X2-Xphenylthio )_-ethy 1 )^-3-tr if luormethyl-4-nitro-5- k£2SEY££åzol.B) __ 1-X2-Xphenylthio) -ethyl 1) 3 - 3-trifluoromethyl-4-nitro-5-k 2

Man sætter 1,95 g natriumhydrid (55% i olie) til 10,4 g af den ovenfor fremstillede forbindelse i 100 ml dimethyl-formamid. Efter 15 minutters omrøring ved stuetemperatur til-30 sætter man 10 g 2-phenylthio-l-bromethan og opvarmer 16 timer til 80°C. Man afkøler, hælder på 600 ml vand, ékstraherer med æter, tørrer den organiske fase og inddamper under formindsket tryk. Man optageri hexan isafkøler, frasuger krystallerne, vasker dem med hexan, med isopropylæther og atter med hexan.1.95 g of sodium hydride (55% in oil) is added to 10.4 g of the above compound in 100 ml of dimethylformamide. After 15 minutes of stirring at room temperature, 10 g of 2-phenylthio-1-bromethane are added and heated to 80 ° C for 16 hours. It is cooled, poured on 600 ml of water, extracted with ether, dried over the organic phase and evaporated under reduced pressure. Hexane is cooled in ice cooler, the crystals are extracted, washed with hexane, with isopropyl ether and again with hexane.

35 Efter omkrystallisation af isopropylæther isolerer man 6,2 g af den forventede forbindelse. Efter chromatografi på silicagel af moder-ludene (elueringsmiddel: hexan og ethylacetat (8:2)) får man et andet udbytte på 6,1 g identisk forbindelse, dvs.After recrystallization from isopropyl ether, 6.2 g of the expected compound are isolated. After chromatography on silica gel of the mother liquor (eluent: hexane and ethyl acetate (8: 2)), a second yield of 6.1 g of identical compound is obtained, i.e.

- 56 -- 56 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

12,3 g af den forventede forbindelse. SMP 66-68°C.12.3 g of the expected compound. SMP 66-68 ° C.

c) 1-(2-(ghenylthio)~ethyl)-3-trifluqmethyl-4-nitro-5-f luor- pyrrazol.c) 1- (2- (ghenylthio) ethyl) -3-trifluoromethyl-4-nitro-5-fluoropyrrazole.

Man opvarmer til tilbagesvaling under indifferent atmosfære 5 5 g "crown"-æter (18-6), 1200 ml acetonitril og 7 g kalium fluorid, og destillerer 200 ml opløsningsmiddel og tilsætter 6,2 g af den i forrige trin opnåede forbindelse. Man opvarmer 2 timer til tilbagesvaling, filtrerer og inddamper til tørhed.To reflux under inert atmosphere, 5 g of crown ether (18-6), 1200 ml of acetonitrile and 7 g of potassium fluoride are heated, and 200 ml of solvent are distilled and 6.2 g of the compound obtained in the previous step is added. It is heated for 2 hours to reflux, filtered and evaporated to dryness.

Man optager resten i benzen, inddamper under formindsket tryk 10 og får 4,8 g af den forventede forbindelse.The residue is taken up in benzene, evaporated under reduced pressure 10 and 4.8 g of the expected compound are obtained.

EKSEMPEL 14: Trifluoracetat af (3SR,4SR)-3-((2-(2-aminothiazol- 4- yl)-2-((1-carboxy-l-methylethoxy)-imino)-acetyl)-amino)-4-(fluormethyl)-1-(tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon.Example 14: Trifluoroacetate of (3SR, 4SR) -3 - ((2- (2-aminothiazol-4-yl) -2 - ((1-carboxy-1-methylethoxy) -imino) -acetyl) -amino) -4 - (fluoromethyl) -1- (tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone.

15 Man arbejder som i eksempel 7 trin E og F ud fra hydro- chloridet af (3SR,4SR)-3-amino-4-fluormethyl-l-(l-H-tetrazol- 5- yl)-2-azetidinon fremstillet som i trin D i eksempel 11 og det blandede anhydrid af p-toluensulfonsyre og 2-(2-tritylamino-thiazol-4-yl)-2-((1-carboxy-l-methylethoxy)-imino)-eddikesyre 20 fremstillet som i eksempel 7. Man får den forventede forbindelse.As in Example 7, steps E and F are used from the hydrochloride of (3SR, 4SR) -3-amino-4-fluoromethyl-1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone prepared as in Step D in Example 11 and the mixed anhydride of p-toluenesulfonic acid and 2- (2-tritylamino-thiazol-4-yl) -2 - ((1-carboxy-1-methylethoxy) imino) -acetic acid 20 prepared as in Example 7 You get the expected connection.

NMR-spektrum (DMSO): 1,64 ppm (s): gem-dimethylNMR Spectrum (DMSO): 1.64 ppm (s): gem-dimethyl

4,69 til 5,06 ppm (m): H4 + CH2F4.69 to 5.06 ppm (m): H4 + CH2F

5,66 ppm (m): H3 25 6,75 ppm (s): i thiazol5.66 ppm (m): H3 6.75 ppm (s): in thiazole

7,36 ppm (m): NH-CO7.36 ppm (m): NH-CO

12,65 ppm: CF3-C02H12.65 ppm: CF 3 -CO 2 H

IR-spektrum (nujol) -1 1780-1675 cm : amid + trifluoracetat 30 1640 cm”1: NH2 1590 cm”1: CO, -1 ^ 1550 cm : konjugeret system 1200-1143 cm”1: CF3 1 EKSEMPEL 15: (3SR,4RS)-3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)-2-methoxy- iminoacetyl)-amino)-4-fluormethyl-l-(tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon. Man arbejder som i eksempel 11, trin A til E ud fraIR spectrum (nujol) -1 1780-1675 cm: amide + trifluoroacetate 1640 cm -1: NH 2 1590 cm 1: CO, -1 1550 cm: conjugated system 1200-1143 cm 1: CF3 EXAMPLE 15: (3SR, 4RS) -3 - ((2- (2-Aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyiminoacetyl) amino) -4-fluoromethyl-1- (tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone. As in Example 11, steps A to E are used

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

-57- hydrochloridet af (3SR,4RS)-3-amino-4-fluormethyl-2-azetidinon og får den forventede forbindelse. Rf=0,2, elueringsmiddel: ethylacetat, ethanol og vand (7:2:1).-57- hydrochloride of (3SR, 4RS) -3-amino-4-fluoromethyl-2-azetidinone to give the expected compound. Rf = 0.2, eluent: ethyl acetate, ethanol and water (7: 2: 1).

NMR-spektrum (DMSO): 5 3,86 ppm (s): 0-CH3 4,56 til 5,22 ppm (m): CH2-F + H3 +H4 7,24 ppm (s): NH2NMR Spectrum (DMSO): δ 3.86 ppm (s): O-CH 3 4.56 to 5.22 ppm (m): CH 2 -F + H 3 + H 4 7.24 ppm (s): NH 2

9,42 ppm (d): NH-CO9.42 ppm (d): NH-CO

IR-spektrum (nujol) 10 1770-1675 cm"1: C=0 1528 cm 1 sekundært amid 1640 cm"1 (deformation): NH« -1 Δ 1611-1592-1528 cm : konjugeret system 1032 cm"1: oxim 15 Hydrochloridet af (3SR,4RS)-3-amino-4-fluormethyl-2- azetidinon, der benyttes som udgangsforbindelse i eksempel 15, fremstilles som følger: 20 Man sætter i løbet af 3 min. 8,6 g hydrazinhydrat i 50 ml methanol til en opløsning af 61 g (3RS,4RS,1’SR)-3-phthal-imido-4-fluor-l-(l-phenylethyl)-2-azetidinon i 600 ml dioxan. Man omrører 1 time ved stuetemperatur og tilsætter 175 ml IN saltsyre. Man af damper dioxanet, tilsætter 400 ml methanol, 25 omrører 2 timer ved 40°C, filtrerer, inddamper filtratet til tørhed under formindsket tryk, optager resten i 300 ml vand og eliminerer det uopløselige materiale ved filtrering. Man vasker filtratet med methylenchlorid, tilsætter den vandige fase 87 ml 2N natriumhydroxid og ekstraherer med methylenchlorid. Man 30 tørrer den organiske fase, inddamper de’·, til tørhed og får 34,3 g af den forventede forbindelse. Rf=0,4, elueringsmiddel: methylen, methanol og ammoniak (95:5:0,5). fel_lå§2riS§rii§5iz3zilE^22Yii22£i}Yi22lz2Si22izlz^£i22SB2t^ZizIR spectrum (nujol) 10 1770-1675 cm -1: C = 0 1528 cm 1 secondary amide 1640 cm -1 (deformation): NH NH -1 Δ 1611-1592-1528 cm: conjugated system 1032 cm -1: oxime The hydrochloride of (3SR, 4RS) -3-amino-4-fluoromethyl-2-azetidinone used as the starting compound of Example 15 is prepared as follows: 20.6 g of hydrazine hydrate are added over 50 minutes to 50 ml. methanol to a solution of 61 g (3RS, 4RS, 1'SR) -3-phthalimido-4-fluoro-1- (1-phenylethyl) -2-azetidinone in 600 ml dioxane. Stir for 1 hour at room temperature and Add 175 ml of 1 N hydrochloric acid, evaporate the dioxane, add 400 ml of methanol, stir for 2 hours at 40 ° C, filter, evaporate the filtrate to dryness under reduced pressure, absorb the residue in 300 ml of water and eliminate the insoluble material by filtration. wash the filtrate with methylene chloride, add to the aqueous phase 87 ml of 2N sodium hydroxide and extract with methylene chloride, dry the organic phase, evaporate to dryness and evaporate to dryness. r 34.3 g of the expected compound. Rf = 0.4, eluent: methylene, methanol and ammonia (95: 5: 0.5). fel_lå§2riS§rii§5iz3zilE ^ 22Yii22 £ i} Yi22lz2Si22izlz ^ £ i22SB2t ^ Ziz

IzlizE3ilS2Yi§£llYiIz2i§2etidinon.IzlizE3ilS2Yi§ £ llYiIz2i§2etidinon.

35 Man omrører i 15 min. ved stuetemperatur under indifferent atmosfære 34,3 g af den i forrige trin opnåede forbindelse i 500 ml methylenchlorid med 16,6 g benzaldehyd og 40 g magnesium- - 58 -Stir for 15 min. at room temperature under inert atmosphere 34.3 g of the compound obtained in the previous step in 500 ml of methylene chloride with 16.6 g of benzaldehyde and 40 g of magnesium-

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

sulfat. Man filtrerer, inddamper filtratet til tørhed under fomindsket tryk og får 48 g af den forventede forbindelse.sulfate. Filter, evaporate the filtrate to dryness under reduced pressure and obtain 48 g of the expected compound.

c) ,_X3SRi4RSil^SR2i-3-^ino-4-fluormethyl-l-Xl-phenYlethyl)i-2i§zetidinon.c), X3SRi4RSil ^ SR2i-3- [1- (4-fluoromethyl-1-Xl-phenylethyl) -1-2-zetidinone.

5 Man afkøler til -50°C 47,7 g afdai i forrige trin opnåede forbindelse i 500 ml tetrahydrofuran og tilsætter 185 ml 0,83M opløsning af natrium-bis-trimethylsilylamid i tetrahydrofuran. Man omrører 15 min. ved -50°C og hælder opløsningen i 500 ml IN saltsyre. Man omrører 15 min., vasker den vandige 10 fase med æther og derefter med methylenchlorid. Man sætter 20 g ammoniumchlorid til den vandige fase og derpå 25 ml koncentreret ammoniakvand. Man ekstraherer med methylenchlorid, fraskiller den organiske fase, tørrer den og inddamper den til tørhed under formindsket tryk. Efter chromatografi på silicagel. (eluerings-I5 middel: methylenchlorid, methanol og ammoniakvand (97:3:0,5) isolerer man. 19,5 g af den forventede forbindelse (trans-isomer), Rf=0,3, elueringsmiddel: methylenchlorid, methanol og ammoniakvand (95:5:05) og 5 g tilsvarende cis-isomer.Cool to 47 ° C 47.7 g of the compound obtained in the previous step in 500 ml of tetrahydrofuran and 185 ml of 0.83 M solution of sodium bis-trimethylsilylamide in tetrahydrofuran are added. Stir for 15 min. at -50 ° C and pour the solution into 500 ml of 1N hydrochloric acid. The mixture is stirred for 15 minutes, the aqueous phase is washed with ether and then with methylene chloride. 20 g of ammonium chloride are added to the aqueous phase and then 25 ml of concentrated ammonia water. Extract with methylene chloride, separate the organic phase, dry it and evaporate to dryness under reduced pressure. After chromatography on silica gel. (eluent: methylene chloride, methanol and ammonia water (97: 3: 0.5) are isolated. 19.5 g of expected compound (trans isomer), Rf = 0.3, eluent: methylene chloride, methanol and ammonia water (95: 5: 05) and 5 g of corresponding cis isomer.

d) (3SR,4RSfl'SR)-3-phthalimido-4-fluormethyl-l- (l-phenylethy]J- 2 ^ 2-azetidinon.d) (3SR, 4RSI1SR) -3-phthalimido-4-fluoromethyl-1- (1-phenylethyl) -2-2-azetidinone.

Man opvarmer i 5 timer til tilbagesvaling 19,3 g af den i forrige trin opnåede forbindelse i 500 ml tetrahydrofuran med 20 g N-ethoxycarbonylphthalimid og 16 ml triethylamin. Man inddamper til tørhed, optager resten i ethanol, isafkøler, 25 frasuger krystallerne, vasker dem med ethanol og derefter med æther og isolerer 19 g forbindelse og derpå 6,5 g efter chromatografi af moder-ludene på silicagel, elueringsmiddel: benzen og acetone (9:1), Rf=0,3.Reflux 19.3 g of the compound obtained in the previous step are heated for 5 hours in 500 ml of tetrahydrofuran with 20 g of N-ethoxycarbonylphthalimide and 16 ml of triethylamine. Evaporate to dryness, take up the residue in ethanol, ice-cool, 25 extract the crystals, wash them with ethanol and then with ether and isolate 19 g of compound and then 6.5 g after chromatography of the mother liquors on silica gel, eluent: benzene and acetone ( 9: 1), Rf = 0.3.

e) _ _ _(3SR, 4RS) -3-phthalimido-4-f luormethyl-2-azetidinon.e) (3SR, 4RS) -3-Phthalimido-4-fluoromethyl-2-azetidinone.

O ftO ft

Man opvarmer til tilbagesvaling 25 g af den i forrige trin opnåede forbindelse i 400 ml acetonitril og 240 ml vand og tilsætter i løbet af 15 min. 40 g ammoniumpersulfat i 100 ml vand. Man fortsætter tilbagesvalingen i 2 timer 30 minutter, afkøler, mætter med natriumchlorid, dekanterer, ekstraherer den vandigeTo the reflux, 25 g of the compound obtained in the previous step is heated in 400 ml of acetonitrile and 240 ml of water and added over 15 minutes. 40 g of ammonium persulfate in 100 ml of water. The reflux is continued for 2 hours 30 minutes, cooled, saturated with sodium chloride, decanted, extracted the aqueous

O CO C

fase med ethylacetat, tørrer de organiske faser og inddamper dem til tørhed. Efter chromatografi af resten på silicagel (elueringmiddel: methylenchlorid og ethylacetat (75:25)) ogphase with ethyl acetate, drying the organic phases and evaporating them to dryness. After chromatography of the residue on silica gel (eluent: methylene chloride and ethyl acetate (75:25)) and

DK 164404BDK 164404B

- 59 - krystallisation af æther isolerer man 7,15 g af den forventede forbindelse. SMP 175-178°C.- 59 - ether crystallization isolates 7.15 g of the expected compound. SMP 175-178 ° C.

£i_SYåE2£^i2£iå_Sl_X3§5i4RS)_-3-amino-4”fluorinethYl-2-azetidinon. Man sætter i løbet 5 min. 1,43 g hydrazinhydrat i 10 ml 5 methanol til en opløsning af 7,1 g af den i forrige trin opnåede forbindelse i 150 ml dioxan. Man omrører i 30 min. ved stuetemperatur og tilsætter 29 ml IN saltsyre. Man inddamper under formindsket tryk, optager i 200 ml methanol og opvarmer 1 time til 40°C. Man afdamper methanolet, optager i 200 ml vand, 10 filtrerer, inddamper filtratet under formindsket tryk til opnåelse af et rumfang på 100 ml, filtrerer igen og inddamper filtratet til tørhed under formindsket tryk. Man optager resten i methanol, frasuger krystallerne, vasker dem med methanol og derefter med æther og isolerer 3,59 g af den forventede forbin-15 delse. SMP ca. 200°C (sønderdeling), Rf=0,2, elueringsmiddel: methylenchlorid, methanol og ammoniakvand (9:1:0,1).I_SYåE2 £ £ £ ^ i2 iå_Sl_X3§5i4RS) _- 3-amino-4 "fluorinethYl-2-azetidinone. You set in 5 min. 1.43 g of hydrazine hydrate in 10 ml of 5 methanol to a solution of 7.1 g of the compound obtained in the previous step in 150 ml of dioxane. Stir for 30 min. at room temperature, adding 29 ml of 1N hydrochloric acid. It is evaporated under reduced pressure, taken up in 200 ml of methanol and heated to 40 ° C for 1 hour. The methanol is evaporated, taken up in 200 ml of water, 10 filtered, the filtrate evaporated under reduced pressure to give a volume of 100 ml, filtered again and the filtrate evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue is taken up in methanol, the crystals are extracted, washed with methanol and then with ether, and 3.59 g of the expected compound are isolated. SMP approx. 200 ° C (dec.), Rf = 0.2, eluent: methylene chloride, methanol and ammonia water (9: 1: 0.1).

EKSEMPEL 16: Man fremstiller et injektionspræparat efter følgende recept: 20 - (3SR,4RS).-3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)-2-methoxy- iminoacetyl)-amino)-4-methyl-l-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon, syn-isomer ................................. 500 mg - vandigt tilsætningsstof .......................... 5 ml 25 EKSEMPEL 17: Man fremstiller gelatinekapsler efter recepten: -(3SR,4RS)-3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)-2-((carboxy-methoxy)-imino)-acetyl)-amino)-4-methyl-l-(lH-tetrazol- 5-yl)-2-azetidinon, syn-isomer ......................... 250 mg - tilsætningsstof til dannelse af en gelatinekapsel på .............................................. 400 mgEXAMPLE 16: An injection preparation is prepared according to the following prescription: 20 - (3SR, 4RS). -3 - ((2- (2-Aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyiminoacetyl) amino) -4-methyl 1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone, syn-isomer ............................... .. 500 mg - aqueous additive .......................... 5 ml EXAMPLE 17: Gelatin capsules are prepared following the prescription: - (3SR, 4RS ) -3 - ((2- (2-aminothiazol-4-yl) -2 - ((carboxy-methoxy) -imino) -acetyl) -amino) -4-methyl-1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) ) -2-azetidinone, syn isomer ......................... 250 mg - additive to form a gelatin capsule of ...... ........................................ 400 mg

Farmakologisk undersøgelsePharmacological study

Aktivitet in vitro, metode med fortyndinger i væske- 35 formigt miljø.In vitro activity, method of dilutions in liquid environment.

Man fremstiller en række glas, hvor man fordeler samme mængde sterilt næringsmedium. Man fordeler i hvert glas voksende mængder af den forbindelse, som skal undersøges, og derefter - 60 -A series of glasses is produced, where the same amount of sterile nutrient medium is distributed. Increasing quantities of the compound to be examined are distributed in each glass and then - 60 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

podes hvert glas med en bakteriestamme. Efter inkubering i 24 eller 48 timer i varmeskab ved 37°C vurderes inhiberingen af væksten ved gennemlysning, hvilket gør det muligt at bestemme de minimale inhiberende koncentrationer (M.I.C.), udtrykt 5 i yg/ml.graft each glass with a bacterial strain. After incubation for 24 or 48 hours in a heating cabinet at 37 ° C, the inhibition of growth is assessed by illumination, which allows the minimum inhibitory concentrations (M.I.C.), expressed as 5 µg / ml, to be determined.

Der fås følgende resultat:The following results are obtained:

Forbindelse Forbindelse Forbindelse STAMMER iflg.ex.l iflg.ex.2 iflg.ex.3 10 24h 48h 24h 48h 24h 48hConnection Connection Connection STAMMER iflg.ex.l iflg.ex.2 iflg.ex.3 10 24h 48h 24h 48h 24h 48h

Pseudomonas aeruginosa .$5 «$5 <5 5 10 1771 mPseudomonas aeruginosa. $ 5 «$ 5 <5 5 10 1771 m

Escherichia/coli 1894 0,08 0,08 0,3 0,3 0,15 0,15 " " 078 0,3 0,3 0,6 0,6 0,3 0,3 15 " " TEM 0,6 1,2 10 10 10 10 " " 1507 E 0,3 0,3 0,6 0,6 0,6 0,6 " " DCO 1,2 1,2 2,5 2,5 0,6 1,2 " " DC2 0,6 0,6 0,6 1,2 0,6 0,6Escherichia / coli 1894 0.08 0.08 0.3 0.3 0.15 0.15 "" 078 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 15 "" TEM 0.6 1.2 10 10 10 10 "" 1507 E 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 "" DCO 1.2 1.2 2.5 2.5 0.6 1.2 "" DC2 0.6 0.6 0.6 1.2 0.6 0.6

Salmonella, typfabmurium MZ 11 1,2 1,2 1,2 2,5 0,3 0,3 20 Klebsiella pneumonae 52145 1,2 2,5 2,5 2,5 1,2 1,2 " aeruginosa 1522 E 1,2 1,2 0,6 0,6 0,3 0,3Salmonella, typfabmurium MZ 11 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.5 0.3 0.3 Klebsiella pneumonae 52145 1.2 2.5 2.5 2.5 1.2 1.2 "aeruginosa 1522 E 1 , 2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3

Enterobacter cloacae 1321 E 0,6 0,6 1,2 1,2 0,3 0,3Enterobacter cloacae 1321 E 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.2 0.3 0.3

Serratia marcesceus 2532 20 20 20 >40 2,5 5Serratia marcesceus 2532 20 20 20> 40 2.5 5

Proteu^ mirabilis A 235 0,15 0,15 0,6 1,2 0,6 0,6 25 Proteus vulgaris A 232 0,3 0,3 1,2 2,5 0,3 0,3Proteus mirabilis A 235 0.15 0.15 0.6 1.2 0.6 0.6 Proteus vulgaris A 232 0.3 0.3 1.2 1.2 2.5 0.3 0.3

Providencia DU 48 0,6 0,6 1,2 1,2 0,3 0,6 1 35 - 61 -Providencia DU 48 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.2 0.3 0.6 1 35 - 61 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

Forbindelse Forbindelse Forbindelse STAMMER iflg.ex.4 iflg.ex.6 iflg.ex.7 24h 48h 24h 48h 24h 48h c Pseudomonas aeruginosa 2,5 5 0,6 0,6 1771 mConnection Connection Connection STAMMER iflg.ex.4 iflg.ex.6 iflg.ex.7 24h 48h 24h 48h 24h 48h c Pseudomonas aeruginosa 2.5 5 0.6 0.6 1771 m

Escherichia Coli 1894 <0,04 <0,04 0,6 0,6 0,6 0,6 " " 078 0,3 0,3 0,3 0,3 0,3 0,6 " " TEM 0,6 1,2 0,6 0,6 1,2 1,2 " 1507 E 0,15 0,15 0,6 0,6 1,2 1,2 10 " " DCO 1,2 1,2 0,6 0,6 0,6 1,2 " " DC2 <0,04 <0,04 0,3 0,3 0,6 0,6Escherichia Coli 1894 <0.04 <0.04 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 "" 078 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 "" TEM 0.6 1.2 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.2 "1507 E 0.15 0.15 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.2 10" "DCO 1.2 1.2 0.6 0 , 6 0.6 1.2 "" DC2 <0.04 <0.04 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6

Salmonella thyphimurium MZ 11 1,2 1,2 0,6 0,6 0,6 0,6Salmonella thyphimurium MZ 11 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

Klebsiella pneumonae 52145 5 5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 " aeruginosa 1522 E 1,2 1,2 0,6 0,6 1,2 1,2 15Klebsiella pneumonae 52145 5 5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 "aeruginosa 1522 E 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.2 15

Enterobacter cloacae 1321 E 1,2 1,2 0,3 0,6 2,5 2,5Enterobacter cloacae 1321 E 1.2 1.2 0.3 0.6 2.5 2.5

Serratia marcesceus 2532 20 20 2,5 5 1,2 1,2Serratia marcesceus 2532 20 20 2.5 5 1.2 1.2

Proteus mirabilis A 235 0,3 0,3 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15Proteus mirabilis A 235 0.3 0.3 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15

Proteus vulgaris A 232 0,3 0,3 0,08 0,15 0,08 0,08Proteus vulgaris A 232 0.3 0.3 0.08 0.15 0.08 0.08

Providencia DU 48 2,5 2,5 0,6 0,6 0,6 0,6 20 -Providencia DU 48 2.5 2.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 20 -

Forbindelse STAMMER iflg.ex.il 25 24h 48hConnection STAMMER according to.ex.il 25 24h 48h

Pseudomonas aeruginosa 1771 mPseudomonas aeruginosa 1771 m

Escherichia. Coli 1894 <0,04 <0,04 " " 078 0,15 0,15 30 '* " TEM 0,6 0,6 " 1507 E 0,08 0,08 " DCO 0,6 0,6 " DC2 0,15 0,15Escherichia. Coli 1894 <0.04 <0.04 "" 078 0.15 0.15 30 '* "TEM 0.6 0.6" 1507 E 0.08 0.08 "DCO 0.6 0.6" DC2 0 , 0.15

Salmonella typhimurium MZ 11 0,3 0,3 35 Klebsiella pneumonae 52145 1,2 1,2 " aeruginosa 1522 E 0,6 0,6Salmonella typhimurium MZ 11 0.3 0.3 Klebsiella pneumonae 52145 1.2 1.2 "aeruginosa 1522 E 0.6 0.6

Enterobacter cloacae 1321 E 0,3 0,3Enterobacter cloacae 1321 E 0.3 0.3

Serratia marcesceus 2532 10 10Serratia marcesceus 2532 10 10

Proteus mirabilis A 235 0,15 0,15Proteus mirabilis A 235 0.15 0.15

Proteus vulgaris A 232 0,15 0,15 - 62 -Proteus vulgaris A 232 0.15 0.15 - 62 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

Eksempel a: (35.45) -l-(((l-(2-amino-4-thiazolyl)-2-((4-fluormethyl--2-oxo-l-tetrazolyl-3-azetidinyl)-amino)-2-oxoethyliden)-- (amino) -oxycyclopropancarboxyl syre 5 Trin A; (35.45) 1(((-1-(2-tritylamino-4-thiazolyl)-2-(((4-fluor-methyl-2-oxo-l-tetrazolyl-3-acetidinyl))-amino)-2-oxo-ethyliden)-amino)-oxy)-cyclopropancarboxylsyre-1,1--dimethylethylester 10 Man omrører indtil opløseliggørelse en blanding af 1,96 g 2- {1-tert. -butoxycarbonylcycloprop. -1-oxyimino) -2- (2-tri-tylaminothiazol-4-yl)-eddikesyre, syn-isomer, beskrevet i fransk patentskrift nr. 2.445.835, præparation 7, 30 ml vandfri acetone og 0,5 ml triethylamin. Man tilsætter 15 derpå 0,765 g tosylchlorid og omrører derefter i 10 minutter ved stuetemperatur. Man tilsætter endelig 0,93 g (3S, 4S)-3-amino-4-fluormethyl-1-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azeti-dinon i form af chlorhydrat i opløsning i 15 ml acetonitril indeholdende 1,5 ml triethylamin.Example a: (35.45) -1 - (((1- (2-Amino-4-thiazolyl) -2 - ((4-fluoromethyl-2-oxo-1-tetrazolyl-3-azetidinyl) amino) -2 -oxoethylidene) - (amino) -oxycyclopropanecarboxylic acid Step A; (35.45) 1 ((- 1- (2-tritylamino-4-thiazolyl) -2 - (((4-fluoro-methyl-2-oxo 1-Tetrazolyl-3-acetidinyl) -amino-2-oxo-ethylidene-amino-oxy-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid 1,1-dimethylethyl ester A mixture of 1.96 g of 2- {1) is stirred until solubility. tert -butoxycarbonylcycloprop-1-oxyimino) -2- (2-triethylaminothiazol-4-yl) -acetic acid, syn isomer, described in French Patent No. 2,445,835, preparation 7, 30 ml of anhydrous acetone and 0.5 ml of triethylamine, 0.655 g of tosyl chloride is then added, and then stirred for 10 minutes at room temperature, finally 0.93 g of (3S, 4S) -3-amino-4-fluoromethyl-1- (1H-tetrazole) is added. 5-yl) -2-azetidinone in the form of chlorohydrate in solution in 15 ml of acetonitrile containing 1.5 ml of triethylamine.

2020

Efter 5 minutters omrøring ved stuetemperatur tilsætter man 0,4 ml ren eddikesyre. Man inddamper næsten til tørhed, optager i 100 ml ethylacetat, vasker den organiske fase med vand, tørrer og inddamper til tørhed. Der fås 2 g af en 25 olie, som man renser ved chromatografi på silicagel; elue-ringsmiddel: methylenchlorid og methanol (95:5 tilsat 0,5% eddikesyre). Der fås 1,6 g harpiks, som man umiddelbart benytter i det næste trin. 1 2 3 4 5 6After 5 minutes of stirring at room temperature, 0.4 ml of pure acetic acid is added. It is almost evaporated to dryness, taken up in 100 ml of ethyl acetate, the organic phase is washed with water, dried and evaporated to dryness. 2 g of an oil are obtained which are purified by chromatography on silica gel; eluent: methylene chloride and methanol (95: 5 with 0.5% acetic acid). 1.6 g of resin is obtained, which is used immediately in the next step. 1 2 3 4 5 6

Trin B: 2 (35.45) -l-({(l-(2-amino-4-thiazolyl)-2-((4-fluormethyl-2- 3 -oxo-l-tetrazolyl-3-azetidinyl)-amino)-2-oxoethyliden)- 4 -amino)-oxy)-cyclopropancarboxy1syre 5Step B: 2 (35.45) -1 - ({(1- (2-amino-4-thiazolyl) -2 - ((4-fluoromethyl-2- 3-oxo-1-tetrazolyl-3-azetidinyl) amino) 2-oxoethylidene-4-amino-oxy-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid 5

Man omrører i 15 minutter ved stuetemperatur en blanding af 6 1,6 g af det i trin A opnåede produkt og 8 ml trifluoreddi- kesyre. Man inddamper til tørhed og optager reaktionsbian- - 63 -A mixture of 6 1.6 g of the product obtained in step A and 8 ml of trifluoroacetic acid is stirred for 15 minutes at room temperature. Evaporates to dryness and absorbs reaction bias - 63 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

dingen i 2 gange 20 ml acetonitril til eliminering af tri-fluoreddikesyre. Man tilsætter 15 ml 66%'s myresyre. Man omrører 30 minutter ved 40°C, lader genantage stuetemperatur, frafiltrerer triphenylcarbinol og inddamper filtratet 5 til kvart rumfang. Man chromatograferer på en harpikssøjle. Man eluerer med vand og derefter med en blanding af vand og methanol (8:2). Der fås 0,32 g produkt i form af en harpiks.in 2x 20 ml of acetonitrile to eliminate trifluoroacetic acid. 15 ml of 66% formic acid is added. The mixture is stirred at 40 ° C for 30 minutes, allowed to re-enter room temperature, the triphenylcarbinol is filtered off and the filtrate is evaporated 5 to a quarter volume. Chromatograph on a resin column. Elute with water and then with a mixture of water and methanol (8: 2). 0.32 g of product is obtained in the form of a resin.

NMR-spektrum, 90 MHz i DMSO:NMR spectrum, 90 MHz in DMSO:

10 MHtUJ10 MHtUJ

i (c) (tii (c) (ti

<7 ^ V-H<7 ^ V-H

)=L ^ConH L^-F) = L ^ ConH L ^ -F

/y “t/ y «t

c cl) ri J Mc cl) ri J M

15 \> w ^ 'y&r* XI \15 \> w ^ 'y & r * XI \

(a) 1,33 ppm Co^H(a) 1.33 ppm Co 2 H

(b) 4,44 til 5,11 ppm (c) 5,62 til 5,76 ppm 20 (d) 6,83 ppm (e) 7,29 ppm (f) 9,32 ppm (dJ = 9 Hz)(b) 4.44 to 5.11 ppm (c) 5.62 to 5.76 ppm (d) 6.83 ppm (e) 7.29 ppm (f) 9.32 ppm (dJ = 9 Hz)

Chlorhydratet af (3S,4S)-3-amino-4-fluormethyl-l-(lH-tetra-25 zol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon, som benyttes som udgangsmateriale i trin A, fremstilles som angivet i eksempel 11 i europæisk patentansøgning nr. EP 0 114 128 ud fra (3S,4S)-3-amino-4--fluormethyl-2-azetidinon. Dette azetidinon fremstilles som følger i form af chlorhydrat i henhold til fransk pa-30 tentansøgning nr. 84.00799:The chlorohydrate of (3S, 4S) -3-amino-4-fluoromethyl-1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone used as the starting material in Step A is prepared as set forth in Example 11 in European Patent Application No. EP 0 114 128 from (3S, 4S) -3-amino-4-fluoromethyl-2-azetidinone. This azetidinone is prepared as follows in the form of chlorohydrate according to French Patent Application No. 84.00799:

Trin alpha: 4-fluormethyl-3-phthalimido-2-oxo-l-(1-phenylethyl)--azetidin 35 Man omrører i 10 minutter 96,6 ml af en vandig opløsning af hydrat af fluoracetaldehyd 0,797 M/l, 100 ml isafkølet vandig mættet opløsning af natriumchlorid og 9,8 ml R-(+)- - 64 -Step alpha: 4-fluoromethyl-3-phthalimido-2-oxo-1- (1-phenylethyl) azetidine 35.6 ml of an aqueous solution of hydrate of fluoroacetaldehyde is stirred for 0.97 M / l, 100 ml for 10 minutes. ice-cooled aqueous saturated solution of sodium chloride and 9.8 ml of R - (+) - - 64 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

-phenylethylamin. Man ekstraherer med 192 ml chloroform, tørrer og afkøler til -70°C under indifferent atmosfære.-phenylethylamine. It is extracted with chloroform (192 ml), dried and cooled to -70 ° C under inert atmosphere.

Man indfører samtidig i løbet 15 minutter under opretholdelse af en temperatur på -50°C -2°C 16,8 g phthalimidoace-5 tylchlorid i 77 ml chloroform og 7,8 g triethylamin i 77 ml chloroform. Man opvarmer til stuetemperatur og lader henstå 1 time. Man tilsætter 46 ml af en vandig 10%'s natri-umbicarbonatopløsning og derpå 77 ml vand. Man omrører kraftigt, dekanterer, genekstraherer med methylenchlorid, 10 vasker den organiske fase med vand, tørrer og inddamper til tørhed under formindsket tryk. Resten chromatograferes på silicagel under eluering med en blanding af benzen og acetone (95:5). Der fås 10,3 g 3S,4S-isomer og 2,5 g 3R, 4R-isomer.At the same time, during the course of 15 minutes while maintaining a temperature of -50 ° C -2 ° C, 16.8 g of phthalimidoacetyl chloride in 77 ml of chloroform and 7.8 g of triethylamine in 77 ml of chloroform are introduced. Heat to room temperature and leave for 1 hour. 46 ml of an aqueous 10% sodium bicarbonate solution is added and then 77 ml of water. Vigorously stir, decant, re-extract with methylene chloride, wash the organic phase with water, dry and evaporate to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue is chromatographed on silica gel eluting with a mixture of benzene and acetone (95: 5). 10.3 g of 3S, 4S isomer and 2.5 g of 3R, 4R isomer are obtained.

1515

Analyse, molekylvagt 352,37Analysis, molecular watch 352.37

Beregnet: C% 68,2 H* 4,86 N% 7,95 F% 5,40 fundet (3S,4S-isomer): 68,4 4,9 8,0 5,3 fundet (3R,4R-isomer): 67,1 4,8 7,4 5,1 20 alphaD: 3S,4S-isomer = -29° -1,5° (c = 1%, CH^OH) 3R,4R-siomer = -50° -1,5° (c = 1%, CHC13).Calculated: C% 68.2 H * 4.86 N% 7.95 F% 5.40 found (3S, 4S isomer): 68.4 4.9 8.0 5.3 found (3R, 4R isomer ): 67.1 4.8 7.4 5.1 alphaD: 3S, 4S isomer = -29 ° -1.5 ° (c = 1%, CH 2 OH) 3R, 4R-siomer = -50 ° -1.5 ° (c = 1%, CHCl 3).

Trin beta: 25 (3S,4S)-4-fluormethyl-3-phthalimido-2-oxo-l-azetidinStep beta: (3S, 4S) -4-fluoromethyl-3-phthalimido-2-oxo-1-azetidine

Man opvarmer til kogning 9,8 g (3S,4S)-isomer fremstillet ovenfor i 150 ml acetonitril og 96,5 ml vand og tilsætter derpå i løbet af 15 minutter 15,9 g ammoniumperoxydisulfat i 39 ml vand og opvarmer til tilbagesvaling i 1 time 30 mi-30 nutter. Efter afkøling mætter man reaktionsblandingen med natriumchlorid, dekanterer, vasker med mættet natriumchlo-ridopløsning og ekstraherer med ethylacetat. Man vasker den organiske fase med 100 ml opløsning indeholdende 20 g natriumthiosulfat pr. 100 ml natriumchloridmættet vand. Man 35 tørrer den organiske fase og inddamper til tørhed under formindsket tryk, chromatograferer resten på silicagel, eluerer med en blanding af methylenchlorid og ethylacetat - 65 -Boil 9.8 g (3S, 4S) isomer prepared above in 150 ml of acetonitrile and 96.5 ml of water and then add 15.9 g of ammonium peroxydisulfate in 39 ml of water and heat to reflux for 1 minute. hour 30 mi-30 nuts. After cooling, the reaction mixture is saturated with sodium chloride, decanted, washed with saturated sodium chloride solution and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase is washed with 100 ml of solution containing 20 g of sodium thiosulfate per ml. 100 ml of sodium chloride saturated water. The organic phase is dried and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure, chromatographed on silica gel, eluted with a mixture of methylene chloride and ethyl acetate.

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

(75:25) og får efter krystallisation af ether 2,33 af den forventede forbindelse. Smp. = 160+162°C.(75:25) and, after crystallization of ether, obtains 2.33 of the expected compound. Mp. = 160 + 162 ° C.

alphaD = +7° -1° (c = 1%, CH30H).alphaD = + 7 ° -1 ° (c = 1%, CH 3 OH).

55

Trin gamma:Step gamma:

Chlorhydrat af (3S,4S)-4-fluormethyl-3-amino-2-oxo-azetidinChlorohydrate of (3S, 4S) -4-fluoromethyl-3-amino-2-oxo-azetidine

Man blander 2f3 g af det i trin beta opnåede produkt og 2,3 10 ml dioxan og tilsætter i løbet af 20 minutter 26 ml af en opløsning, som er fremstillet af 1 ml hydrazinhydrat tilsat dioxan indtil 50 ml. Efter 45 minutter ved stuetemperatur tilsætter man 9,3 ml IN saltsyre. Man omrører 16 timer ved stuetemperatur under indifferent atmosfære, inddamper til 15 tørhed under formindsket tryk, optager i vandfrit ethanol, inddamper til tørhed, opløser resten i et minimum af methanol, tilsætter atter ethanol og inddamper til tørhed. Man opløser resten i et minimum af methanol under tilbagesvaling, isafkøler, udriver og skyller med koldt methanol og 20 derpå ether. Der fås i flere udbytter 1,1 g af det forventede prdukt. Smp. over 220°C (sønderdeling).Mix 2f3 g of the product obtained in step beta and 2.3 10 ml of dioxane and in 20 minutes add 26 ml of a solution made from 1 ml of hydrazine hydrate added dioxane to 50 ml. After 45 minutes at room temperature, 9.3 ml of 1N hydrochloric acid are added. Stir for 16 hours at room temperature under inert atmosphere, evaporate to 15 dryness under reduced pressure, take up anhydrous ethanol, evaporate to dryness, dissolve the residue to a minimum of methanol, add ethanol again and evaporate to dryness. The residue is dissolved in a minimum of methanol under reflux, ice-cooled, expelled and rinsed with cold methanol and then ether. 1.1 g of the expected product is obtained in several yields. Mp. above 220 ° C (decomposition).

Analyse: C^HgO^ClF = 154,57Analysis: C ^HgO ^ClF = 154.57

Beregnet: C% 31,08 H% 5,22 N% 18,12 Cl% 22,24 F% 12,29 25 fundet: 32,1 5,2 17,0 20,8 11,4 alphaD = -25,5+ -1° (c = 1%, CH3OH).Calculated: C% 31.08 H% 5.22 N% 18.12 Cl% 22.24 F% 12.29 Found: 32.1 5.2 17.0 20.8 11.4 alphaD = -25, 5 + -1 ° (c = 1%, CH 3 OH).

Eksempel b: 30 ((3S,4S)-1-(((l-(2-amino-4-thiazolyl)-2-(((4-fluormethyl- -2-oxo-l-tetrazolyl-3-acetidinyl))-amino)-2-oxoethyliden)--amino)-oxy)-cyclobutancarboxy1syre Trin A: (3S,4S)-1-(((l-(2-tritylamino-4-thiazolyl)-2-(((4-fluorme-35 thyl-2-oxo-l-tetrazolyl-3-azetidinyl))-amino)-2-oxoethyliden )-amino)-oxy)-cyclobutancarboxylsyre-1,1-dimethylethyl-ester - 66 -Example b: ((3S, 4S) -1 - (((1- (2-amino-4-thiazolyl) -2 - (((4-fluoromethyl-2-oxo-1-tetrazolyl-3-acetidinyl) ) -amino) -2-oxoethylidene-amino-oxy-cyclobutanecarboxylic acid Step A: (3S, 4S) -1 - (((1- (2-tritylamino-4-thiazolyl) -2 -) (((4 -Fluoromethyl-2-oxo-1-tetrazolyl-3-azetidinyl) amino) -2-oxoethylidene-amino-oxy) -cyclobutane carboxylic acid-1,1-dimethylethyl ester - 66

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

a) Man holder i 25 minutter ved 50 °C en blanding af 2,6 g (3S,4S)-a~(l-benzyltetrazol-5-yl)-3-tritylamino-4-fluorme-thyl-2-azetidinon, 50 ml acetonitril og 4,9 ml IN saltsyre.a) A mixture of 2.6 g of (3S, 4S) -α- (1-benzyltetrazol-5-yl) -3-tritylamino-4-fluoromethyl-2-azetidinone is kept for 25 minutes at 50 ° C. 50 ml of acetonitrile and 4.9 ml of 1N hydrochloric acid.

Man destillerer til tørhed under vakuum, optager i acetoni- 5 tril og destillerer derpå atter til tørhed. Der fås en hvid krystallinsk rest, som man udriver med ether. Man suger fra og genopløser i 40 ml methanol (opløsning A).It is distilled to dryness under vacuum, taken up in acetonitrile and then distilled again to dryness. A white crystalline residue is obtained which is etherified. Suction and redissolve in 40 ml of methanol (solution A).

b) Man indfører 400 mg palladium, 18% på aktivkul, i 10 ml 10 methanol og tilsætter derpå opløsning A. Man opvarmer til 40°C og omrører under hydrogengennembobling i 30 minutter.b) 400 mg of palladium, 18% on activated charcoal, is introduced into 10 ml of 10 methanol and then solution A is added. It is heated to 40 ° C and stirred for 30 minutes with hydrogen bubbling.

Man frafiltrerer katalysatoren og destillerer til tørhed under formindsket tryk ved 40°C. Man optager resten i acetonitril og destillerer atter og tørrer derefter under for-15 mindsket tryk.The catalyst is filtered off and distilled to dryness under reduced pressure at 40 ° C. The residue is taken up in acetonitrile and distilled again and then dried under reduced pressure.

c) Man blander 2,8 g 2-(l-tert.-butoxycarbonylcyclobut-l--oxyimino)-2-(2-tritylaminothiazol-4-yl)-eddikesyre, syn--isomer, beskrevet i fransk patentskrift nr. 2.445.835, 20 præparation 6, 56 ml acetone og 0,7 ml triethylamin.c) 2.8 g of 2- (1-tert.-butoxycarbonylcyclobut-1-oxyimino) -2- (2-tritylaminothiazol-4-yl) -acetic acid, syn isomer, described in French Patent No. 2,445 .835, Preparation 6, 56 ml of acetone and 0.7 ml of triethylamine.

Man tilsætter efter opløsning 0,92 g tosylchlorid og omrører derefter 25 minutter ved stuetemperatur (opløsning C). 1 2 3 4 5 6 35 d) Man blander produktet fra b) ovenfor med 35 ml acetoni 2 tril og 2 ml triethylamin og tilsætter derefter på én gang 3 den ovenfor fremstillede opløsning C. Man omrører 2 timer 4 ved stuetemperatur, frafiltrerer uopløseligt materiale og 5 destillerer til tørhed under formindsket tryk.After solution, 0.92 g of tosyl chloride is added and then stirred for 25 minutes at room temperature (solution C). D) Mix the product from b) above with 35 ml of acetone 2 tril and 2 ml of triethylamine and then add at once 3 the solution prepared above C. Stir for 2 hours 4 at room temperature, filter out insoluble material. and 5 distills to dryness under reduced pressure.

66

Man chromatograferer det opnåede produkt på silicagel; elu-eringsmiddel: methylenchlorid og methanol (95:5 tilsat 0,5% eddikesyre) og får 3 g af det forventede produkt.Chromatograph the obtained product on silica gel; eluent: methylene chloride and methanol (95: 5 with 0.5% acetic acid) to obtain 3 g of the expected product.

- 67 -- 67 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

Trin B: ((3S,4S)-1-(((l-(2-amino-4-thiazolyl)-2-(((4-fluormethyl-2--oxo-l-tetrazolyl-3-azetidinyl))-amino)-2-oxoethyliden)--(amino)-oxy)-cyclobutancarboxy1syre 5 Man omrører i 10 minutter ved stuetemperatur en blanding af 0,78 g af det i trin A fremstillede produkt i 2,5 g triflu-oreddikesyre og destillerer hurtigt ved 30°C under formindsket tryk.Step B: ((3S, 4S) -1 - (((1- (2-amino-4-thiazolyl) -2 - (((4-fluoromethyl-2-oxo-1-tetrazolyl-3-azetidinyl)) -amino) -2-oxoethylidene ((amino) -oxy) -cyclobutane carboxylic acid 5 A mixture of 0.78 g of the product of step A in 2.5 g of trifluoroacetic acid is stirred for 10 minutes at room temperature. rapidly at 30 ° C under reduced pressure.

10 Man optager i 5,5 ml 66%'s myresyre, opvarmer til 50°C og omrører i 15 minutter og lader derpå antage stuetemperatur i løbet af 30 minutter.It is taken up in 5.5 ml of 66% formic acid, warmed to 50 ° C and stirred for 15 minutes and then allowed to reach room temperature over 30 minutes.

tt

Man frasuger uopløseligt materiale og destillerer til tør-15 hed ved 30°C under formindsket tryk. Man optager i ethanol, inddamper til tørhed og får 0,5 g råprodukt, som man opløser i et minimum af fortyndet myresyre og filtrerer på harpiks under eluering med vand og derefter i rækkefølge med en vandig opløsning indeholdende 10%, 20%, 30%, 40% og 20 50% methanol.Insoluble material is extracted and distilled to dryness at 30 ° C under reduced pressure. It is taken up in ethanol, evaporated to dryness and obtained 0.5 g of crude product, which is dissolved in a minimum of dilute formic acid and filtered on resin eluting with water and then successively with an aqueous solution containing 10%, 20%, 30% , 40% and 20% methanol.

Man inddamper til tørhed og får 0,29 g produkt, som man udriver med ether, hvorpå man suger fra efter 15 minutters forløb og tørrer under formindsket tryk.Evaporate to dryness to give 0.29 g of product, which is ejected with ether and then suctioned after 15 minutes and dried under reduced pressure.

2525

Der fås 0,286 g af det forventede produkt. Smp. ca. 220°C.0.286 g of the expected product is obtained. Mp. ca. 220 ° C.

Analyse: CX5HX6N9°5FS = 453,41Analysis: CX5HX6N9 ° 5FS = 453.41

Beregnet: C% 39,73 H% 3,56 S% 7,07 30 fundet: 39,8 3,6 7,1 alpha^ = -33,5° -2° (c = 0,5% i methanol).Calculated: C% 39.73 H% 3.56 S% 7.07 Found: 39.8 3.6 7.1 alpha = -33.5 ° -2 ° (c = 0.5% in methanol) .

(3S,4S)-1-(l-benzyltetrazol-5-yl)-3-tritylamino-4-fluorme-35 thyl-2-azetidinon, der benyttes som udgangsmateriale i trin A, fremstilles som angivet i eksempel 11 i europæisk patentansøgning EP 0 114 128 ud fra (3S,4S)-3-amino-4-fluor- - 68 -(3S, 4S) -1- (1-benzyltetrazol-5-yl) -3-tritylamino-4-fluoromethyl-2-azetidinone used as starting material in Step A is prepared as set forth in Example 11 of European Patent Application EP 0 114 128 from (3S, 4S) -3-amino-4-fluoro- - 68 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

methyl-2-azetidinon, hvis fremstilling er anført i eksempel a) ovenfor.methyl 2-azetidinone, the preparation of which is given in Example a) above.

(35.45) -1-(l-benzyltetrazol-5-yl)-3-tritylamino-4-fluorme-5 thyl-2-azetidinon har følgende fysisk-kemiske egenskaber:(35.45) -1- (1-benzyltetrazol-5-yl) -3-tritylamino-4-fluoromethyl-2-azetidinone has the following physicochemical properties:

Smp. = 146°C, alphazu = -41,5° -2° (c = 0,5% i CHC1.J.Mp. = 146 ° C, alphazu = -41.5 ° -2 ° (c = 0.5% in CHCl

D JD J

Eksempel c (35.45) -l-((1-(2-amino-4-thiazolyl)-2-((4-fluormethyl-2--oxo-l-tetrazolyl-3-azetidinyl))-amino)-2-oxoethyliden)--amino)-oxy)-cyclopentancarboxylsyreExample c (35.45) -1 - ((1- (2-Amino-4-thiazolyl) -2 - ((4-fluoromethyl-2-oxo-1-tetrazolyl-3-azetidinyl)) amino) -2- oxoethylidene) - amino) oxy) -cyclopentane carboxylic acid

Trin A: (3Sf4S)-1-(((l-(2-tritylamin-4-thiazolyl)-2-((((4-fluorme- thyl-2-oxo-l-tetrazolyl-3-azetidinyl))-amino)-2-oxoethyli-15 den)-amino)-oxy)-cyclopentancarboxylsyre-1,1-dimethyl-ethylesterStep A: (3Sf4S) -1 - (((1- (2-tritylamine-4-thiazolyl) -2 - (((((4-fluoromethyl-2-oxo-1-tetrazolyl-3-azetidinyl))) amino) -2-oxoethylidene-amino-oxy-cyclopentanecarboxylic acid 1,1-dimethyl-ethyl ester

Man går frem som i trin A som i eksempel b) ud fra 1,04 g (35.45) -1-(l-benzyltetrazol-5-yl)-3-tritylamino-4-fluorme-thyl-2-azetidinon og 1,2 g 2-(l-tert.-butoxycarbonylcyclo- 20 pent-1-oxyimino)-2-(2-tritylaminothiazol-4-y1)-eddikesyreester, syn-isomer, beskrevet i fransk patentskrift nr. 2.445.835, præparation 9.As in Step A, as in Example b), 1.04 g of (35.45) -1- (1-benzyltetrazol-5-yl) -3-tritylamino-4-fluoromethyl-2-azetidinone and 1 2 g of 2- (1-tert-butoxycarbonylcyclopent-1-oxyimino) -2- (2-tritylaminothiazol-4-yl) acetic acid ester, syn isomer, described in French Patent No. 2,445,835, Preparation 9 .

Der fås 0,92 g af det forventede produkt.0.92 g of the expected product is obtained.

2525

Trin B: (35.45) -1-(((-(2-amino-4-thiazolyl)-2-((4-fluormethyl-2--oxo-l-tetrazolyl-3-azetidinyl))-amino)-2-oxoethyliden)--amino)-oxy)-cyclopentancarboxylsyre 30 Man går frem som i trin B i eksempel b) ud fra 0,9 g af det i trin A ovenfor fremstillede produkt. Der fås endelig 0,308 g af det forventede produkt. Smp. ca. 220°C.Step B: (35.45) -1 - (((- (2-amino-4-thiazolyl) -2 - ((4-fluoromethyl-2-oxo-1-tetrazolyl-3-azetidinyl)) amino) -2 -Oxoethylidene-amino-oxy-cyclopentanecarboxylic acid 30 As in step B of Example b), proceed from 0.9 g of the product prepared in step A above. Finally, 0.308 g of the expected product is obtained. Mp. ca. 220 ° C.

NMR-spektrum: 90 MHz i DMSO: 35NMR spectrum: 90 MHz in DMSO: 35

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

- 69 - Å« Ι.Γ)l;' Ά;- 69 - Å «Ι.Γ) l; ' Ά;

,/V0"“fY/ V0 "" fY

<J \s!,, T^" S/N W ri~tf «2« l«T^(<>) 10 (a) mellem 1,7 og 2,03 ppm (b) 4,62 til 5,13 ppm (c) 5,57 til 5,73 ppm (d) 6,75 ppm 15 (e) 7,3 ppm (f) 9,48 ppm (dJ = 9 Hz).<J \ s! ,, T ^ "S / NW ri ~ tf« 2 «l« T ^ (<>) 10 (a) between 1.7 and 2.03 ppm (b) 4.62 to 5.13 ppm (c) 5.57 to 5.73 ppm (d) 6.75 ppm (e) 7.3 ppm (f) 9.48 ppm (dJ = 9 Hz).

Eksempel dExample d

Man fremstiller et injektionspræparat efter recepten: 20 - (3S,4S)-l-(((l-(2-amino-4-thiazolyl)-2-(((4-fluor-methyl-2-oxo-l-tetrazolyl-3-azetidinyl))-amino)-2--oxyethyliden)-amino)-oxy)-cyclobutancarboxylsyre 500 mg - vandigt tilsætningsstof ......................... 5 ml 25An injection preparation according to the recipe is prepared: 20 - (3S, 4S) -1 - (((1- (2-amino-4-thiazolyl) -2 -) (((4-fluoro-methyl-2-oxo-1-tetrazolyl) -3-azetidinyl) -amino-2-oxyethylidene-amino-oxy-cyclobutane carboxylic acid 500 mg - aqueous additive ...................... ... 5 ml 25

Eksempel eExample e

Man fremstiller gelatinekapsler efter recepten: - (3S,4S)-l-(((l-(2-amino-4-thiazolyl)-2-(((4-fluor- 30 methyl-2-oxo-l-tetrazolyl-3-azetidinyl))-amino )-2- -oxoethyliden)-amino)-oxy)-cyclobutancarboxylsyre 250 mg tilsætningsstof til dannelse af en gelatinekapsel på .............................................. 400 mg 35 - 70 -Gelatin capsules are prepared according to the recipe: - (3S, 4S) -1 - (((1- (2-amino-4-thiazolyl) -2 - (((4-fluoromethyl-2-oxo-1-tetrazolyl) 3-azetidinyl) -amino-2-oxoethylidene-amino-oxy-cyclobutane carboxylic acid 250 mg additive to form a gelatin capsule of ................... ........................... 400 mg 35 - 70 -

DK 164404 BDK 164404 B

Farmakologisk undersøgelse af forbindelser ifølge eksempel a og bPharmacological examination of compounds of Examples a and b

Aktivitet in vitro, metode med fortyndinger i vandigt miljø 5 Man fremstiller en række glas, hvori man fordeler samme mængde sterilt næringsmiljø. Man fordeler i hvert glas voksende mængder af den forbindelse, soam skal undersøges, og derpå podes hvert glas med en bakteriestamme. Efter inkubation i 24 eller 48 timer i varmeskab ved 37°C konstate-10 res inhiberingen af væksten ved gennemlysning, hvilket gør det muligt at bestemme de minimale inhiberende koncentrationer (MIC) udtrykt i pg/ml. Der fås følgende resultater:In vitro activity, method of dilution in aqueous environment 5 A series of glasses are prepared in which the same amount of sterile nutrient environment is distributed. Increasing amounts of the compound to be examined are distributed in each glass and then inoculated each glass with a bacterial strain. After incubation for 24 or 48 hours in a refrigerator at 37 ° C, growth inhibition is determined by illumination, which allows the minimum inhibitory concentrations (MIC) to be expressed in pg / ml to be determined. The following results are obtained:

Stamme MIC i pg/ml 15Strain MIC in pg / ml 15

Forbindelse Forbindelse fra fra eksempel a eksempel bCompound Compound from Example a Example b

Pse. aeruginosa 1771 5 2,5Pse. aeruginosa 1771 5 2.5

Pse. aeruginosa 1771m 0,15 0,15 20 Pse. aeruginosa 9027 20 10 E. coli 1894 0,08 0,04 E. coli 078 0,04 0,15 E. coli TEM 0,15 0,15 E. coli 1507 E 0,08 0,15 25 E. coli DC O 0,15 0,15 E. coli DC 2 0,08 0,08 • Salm. thyphimurimum MZ11 0,15 0,3Pse. aeruginosa 1771m 0.15 0.15 20 Pse. aeruginosa 9027 20 10 E. coli 1894 0.08 0.04 E. coli 078 0.04 0.15 E. coli TEM 0.15 0.15 E. coli 1507 E 0.08 0.15 E. coli DC O 0.15 0.15 E. coli DC 2 0.08 0.08 • Salmon. thyphimurimum MZ11 0.15 0.3

Kle. pneumoniae 52145 0,08 0,15Kle. pneumoniae 52145 0.08 0.15

Kle. aerogenes 1082 E 0,15 0,3 30 Kle. aerogenes 1522 E 0,3 0,3Kle. aerogenes 1082 E 0.15 0.3 30 Kle. aerogenes 1522 E 0.3 0.3

Ent. cloacae P99 2,5 5Ent. cloacae P99 2.5 5

Ent. cloacae 1321 E 0,08 0,15Ent. cloacae 1321 E 0.08 0.15

Serratia RG 2532 0,15 0,15Serratia RG 2532 0.15 0.15

Pro. nurabilis A 235 0,04 0,02 35 Pro. vulgaris A 232 0,04 0,02Pro. nurabilis A 235 0.04 0.02 35 Pro. vulgaris A 232 0.04 0.02

Porvidencia DU 48 0,08 0,15Porvidencia DU 48 0.08 0.15

DK 164404BDK 164404B

- 71 -- 71 -

Pse = Pseudomonas E = Escherichia Salm = Salmonella Kle = Klebsiella 5 Ent = Enterobacter Pro = Proteus 10 15Pse = Pseudomonas E = Escherichia Salmon = Salmonella Kle = Klebsiella 5 Ent = Enterobacter Pro = Proteus 10 15

Claims (6)

10. H 2 hvor R' betegner et hydrogenatom eller alkenyl eller cyc-loalkyl eller en ligekaedet eller forgrenet alkylgruppe med 1-6 carbonatomer, som eventuelt er substitueret med en el-15 ler flere grupper, som vælges blandt fri, esterificeret eller til salt omdannet carboxygruppe, amino, mono- eller di-alkylamino, aryl, halogen, nitril, CONHSC^R"* hvor R" betegner alkyl, aryl eller amino, eller R' betegner en alkyl-carbony1gruppe eller arylcarbonylgruppe eller en phenyl-20 gruppe, R'^ betegner et hydrogenatom eller en alkylgruppe, som eventuelt er substitueret med en eller flere grupper, som vælges blandt halogen, azido, hydroxyl, mercapto, aryl, amino, nitril, allylthio eller arylthio, som eventuelt er 25 oxyderet, acyl, acyloxy, acylamino, aralkylcarbonyl, carba-moyloxy, alkyl- eller dialkylcarbamoyloxy, eller R'^ betegner alkenyl eller alkynyl, som eventuelt er substitueret med en phenylgruppe eller med et eller flere halogenatomer, eller R'^ betegner en thioalkylgruppe, som even-30 tuelt er substitueret med carbamoyl, eller R'^ betegner en phenylgruppe, som eventuelt er substitueret med halogen, CF^, amino, hydroxy, alkyl eller alkoxy, eller R'^ betegner en esterificeret carboxygruppe, en carbamoylgruppe eller en azidogruppe,H 2 wherein R 'represents a hydrogen atom or alkenyl or cycloalkyl or a straight-chain or branched alkyl group of 1-6 carbon atoms optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from free, esterified or salt converted carboxy group, amino, mono- or di-alkylamino, aryl, halogen, nitrile, CONHSC ^R "* where R" represents alkyl, aryl or amino, or R alkyl represents an alkyl carbonyl group or arylcarbonyl group or a phenyl group, Represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, azido, hydroxyl, mercapto, aryl, amino, nitrile, allylthio or arylthio optionally oxidized, acyl, acyloxy , acylamino, aralkylcarbonyl, carbamoylloxy, alkyl or dialkylcarbamoyloxy, or R 4 represents alkenyl or alkynyl optionally substituted with a phenyl group or with one or more halogen atoms, or R 4 represents a thioalkyl group which is also Represents a phenyl group optionally substituted with halogen, CF 2, amino, hydroxy, alkyl or alkoxy, or R 4 represents an esterified carboxy group, a carbamoyl group or an azido group, 35 R'2 betegner tetrazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl - 73 - DK 164404 B eller pyrrolyl, som eventuelt er substitueret med en eller flere grupper, som vælges blandt nitro, carboxy, CF^, nitril, halogen, sulfo, alkylsulfo, (CH2)nSC>3H, (CH2)nNHS03H, (CH2)nS02NH2, (CH^CC^H, hvor n betegner et 5 helt tal fra 1-4, idet forbindelserne har syn-isomeri, og idet den bølgede linie betegner, at forbindelserne kan foreligge i cis- eller trans-form, eller i form af en cis-trans-blanding, idet forbindelserne med formel (I1) foreligger i racemisk eller optisk aktiv form, eller salte 10 af forbindelserne med formlen (I1) med baser og syrer.R 2 represents tetrazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl or pyrrolyl optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from nitro, carboxy, CF 2, nitrile, halogen, sulfo, alkyl sulfo, ( CH2) nSC> 3H, (CH2) nNHSO3H, (CH2) nSO2NH2, (CH2 CC2H, where n represents an integer from 1-4, the compounds having syn isomerism and the wavy line indicating that the compounds may be in cis or trans form, or in the form of a cis-trans mixture, the compounds of formula (I1) being in racemic or optically active form, or salts of the compounds of formula (I1) having bases and acids. 2. Forbindelser med formlen (I1) ifølge krav 1, ken detegnet ved, at R' betegner et hydrogenatom, methyl, phenyl, difluormethyl, 1-methyl-1-carboxyethy1, 15 cyanmethyl, carboxymethyl eller (methylsulfony1)-carba-moylmethyl, R1^ betegner et hydrogenatom, methyl, fluormethyl, tri-fluormethyl, ethoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, R'2 betegner lH-tetrazol-5-yl eller 1,3,4-triazol-2-yl, 20 eventuelt substitueret med trifluormethyl eller carboxymethyl .Compounds of formula (I1) according to claim 1, characterized in that R 'represents a hydrogen atom, methyl, phenyl, difluoromethyl, 1-methyl-1-carboxyethyl, cyanmethyl, carboxymethyl or (methylsulfony1) carbamoylmethyl, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, methyl, fluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, ethoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, R 2 represents 1 H-tetrazol-5-yl or 1,3,4-triazol-2-yl, optionally substituted with trifluoromethyl or carboxymethyl. 3. Forbindelser med formlen (I) ifølge krav 1, kendetegnet ved, at det er følgende forbindelser: 25 - 3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)-2-methoxyiminoacetyl)-amino)- -4methyl-l~(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon, cis eller trans, syn-isomer, racemisk eller optisk aktiv, - 3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)-2-carboxymethoxyiminoacetyl)--amino)-4-methy1-1-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon, cis el- 30 ler trans, syn-isomer, racemisk eller optisk aktiv, - 3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)-2-(l-carboxy-l-methyl)-ethoxy-iminoacetyl)-amino)-4-methyl-l-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl )-2-azetidi--non, cis eller trans, syn-isomer, racemisk eller optisk aktiv, 35 - 3-((2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)-2-methoxyiminoacetyl)-amino)- -4-fluormethyl-l-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon, cis eller trans, syn-isomer, racemisk eller optisk aktiv, - 74 - DK 164404 B - 3-((2-( 2-aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-f luourmethoxyiininoacetyl) --amino)-4-methyl-l-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-azetidinon, cis eller trans, syn-isomer, racemisk eller optisk aktiv.Compounds of formula (I) according to claim 1, characterized in that they are the following compounds: 25 - 3 - ((2- (2-aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyiminoacetyl) amino) -4-methyl- 1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone, cis or trans, syn isomer, racemic or optically active, - 3 - ((2- (2-aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-carboxymethoxyiminoacetyl) - amino) -4-methyl-1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone, cis or trans, syn isomer, racemic or optically active, - 3 - ((2- (2) -aminothiazol-4-yl) -2- (1-carboxy-1-methyl) -ethoxy-iminoacetyl) -amino) -4-methyl-1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone , cis or trans, syn-isomer, racemic or optically active, 35-3 - ((2- (2-aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-methoxyiminoacetyl) amino) -4-fluoromethyl-1- (1H- tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone, cis or trans, syn isomer, racemic or optically active, - (2- (2-aminothiazol-4-yl) -2-f) lluoromethoxyiminoacetylamino) -4-methyl-1- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl) -2-azetidinone, cis or trans, syn isomer, racemic or optically active. 4. Analogifremgangsmåde til fremstilling af forbindelserne med den almene formel (I1) ifølge krav 1, kendetegnet ved, at man behandler en forbindelse med formel (II): h2\ ΛΡAnalogous process for preparing the compounds of general formula (I1) according to claim 1, characterized in that a compound of formula (II) is treated: h2 \ ΛΡ 10. I (II) S-N 0 \ Rap 15 cis eller trans, racemisk eller optisk aktiv, hvor enten R^p betegner R^, idet R^ har samme betydning som i krav 1, eller R^p betegner substituenten R^, hvor de reaktionsdygtige grupper er beskyttet, og hvor R2p enten betegner R2, idet R2 har den i krav 1 angivne betydning, eller R2p 20 betegner substituenten R2, hvor de reaktionsdygtige grupper er beskyttet, med en forbindelse med formlen (III): NHRb 25 \-/ CC^H (III) N S ORp 1 2 3 4 5 6 syn eller anti, hvor Rb betegner et hydrogenatom eller en 2 beskyttelssgruppe for aminogruppen, og Rp betegner en 3 beskyttelsesgruppe for hydroxylgruppen, eller Rp betegner 4 R, idet R har samme betydning som i krav 1, eller Rp 5 betegner en gruppe R, hvor de reaktionsdygtige grupper er 6 beskyttet, til opnåelse af en forbindelse med formlen (IV) - 75 - DK 164404 B NHR'b ^CONIl· R-|P10. In (II) SN 0 \ Rap 15 cis or trans, racemic or optically active, wherein either R 1 p represents R 2, wherein R 1 has the same meaning as in claim 1, or R 2 p represents substituent R 2, wherein the reactive groups are protected and wherein R 2p is either R 2, wherein R 2 is as defined in claim 1, or R 2 p 20 represents the substituent R 2, where the reactive groups are protected, with a compound of formula (III): NHRb 25 / CC ^ H (III) NS ORp 1 2 3 4 5 6 syn or anti, wherein R b represents a hydrogen atom or a 2 protecting group for the amino group and R p represents a 3 protecting group for the hydroxyl group, or R p represents 4 R, R having the same meaning as in claim 1, or R p 5 represents a group R in which the reactive groups are 6 protected, to give a compound of formula (IV) - 75 - NHR'b ^ CONIl · R- | P 5. Analogifremgangsmåde ifølge krav 4 til fremstilling af 2 forbindelserne med formel (If) ifølge krav 1, kende 3 tegnet ved, at man til iværksættelse af fremgangs 4 måden benytter en forbindelse med formel (II), hvor R^p 5 betegner hydrogen, methyl, fluormethyl, trifluormethyl, 6 ethoxycarbonyl eller carbamoyl, og R2p betegner lH-tetra- 7 zol-5-yl eller 1,3,4-triazol-2-yl, som eventuelt er substi 8 tueret med trifluormethyl eller carboxymethyl, og en 9 forbindelse med formel (III), hvor Rb betegner en beskyt 10 telsesgruppe for hydroxylgruppen, en methylgruppe, en 11 phenylgruppe, en difluormethylgruppe, en 1-methyl-1-car-boxyethylgruppe, en cyanmethylgruppe, en carboxymethyl-gruppe eller en methylsulfonylcarbamoylmethylgruppe. - 76 - DK 164404 BAn analogous process according to claim 4 for the preparation of the 2 compounds of formula (If) according to claim 1, characterized in that a compound of formula (II) is used in which R methyl, fluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 6 ethoxycarbonyl or carbamoyl, and R 2p represents 1H-tetrazol-5-yl or 1,3,4-triazol-2-yl, optionally substituted with trifluoromethyl or carboxymethyl, and a A compound of formula (III), wherein Rb represents a protecting group for the hydroxyl group, a methyl group, an 11 phenyl group, a difluoromethyl group, a 1-methyl-1-carboxyethyl group, a cyanmethyl group, a carboxymethyl group or a methylsulfonylcarbamoylmethyl group. - 76 - DK 164404 B 5 N (IV) S 0 N\ 0RP \p syn eller anti, racemisk eller optisk aktiv, hvor Rp, R^p,5 N (IV) S 0 N \ ORP \ p syn or anti, racemic or optically active, wherein Rp, R 10 R2P og Rb har samme betydning som ovenfor, hvilken forbindelse man om fornødent og om ønsket underkaster en vilkårlig af følgende reaktioner i vilkårlig rækkefølge: a) bortskæring ved hydrolyse, hydrogenolyse ell'er ved indvirkning af thiourinstof af den eller de beskyttelses- 15 grupper, som Rb og Rp kan betegne, eller som Rp, R^p og R2p kan omfatte, b) esterificering eller omdannelse til salt af de carboxy- eller sulfogrupper, som Rp, R^p og R2p kan omfatte, 20. c) omdannelse til salt ved hjælp af en syre af amino-gruppen eller aminogrupperne, d) spaltning af molekylet til opnåelse af et optisk aktivt produkt. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11R 2 P and R b have the same meaning as above, which compound, if necessary and if desired, is subjected to any of the following reactions in any order: a) excision by hydrolysis, hydrogenolysis or by the action of thiourea of the protecting group (s) b) esterification or conversion into salt of the carboxy or sulfo groups which may include Rp, R1p and R2p; c) conversion to salt by an acid of the amino group or amino groups; d) cleavage of the molecule to obtain an optically active product. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 6. Lægemidler, kendetegnet ved, at det er forbindelser med formel (I*) ifølge krav 1-3 eller deres farmaceutisk acceptable salte. 5 10 15Pharmaceuticals, characterized in that they are compounds of formula (I *) according to claims 1-3 or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts. 5 10 15
DK007584A 1983-01-10 1984-01-09 3-AMINO-2-OXO-AZETIDIN DERIVATIVES, ANALOGUE PROCEDURES FOR PREPARING THEREOF, AND MEDICINES CONTAINING THE DERIVATIVES DK164404C (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
FR8300273 1983-01-10
FR8300273A FR2539128A1 (en) 1983-01-10 1983-01-10 NOVEL 3-AMINO 2-OXOAZETIDINE DERIVATIVES HAVING IN POSITION 1 A HETEROCYCLIC NITROGENIC RADICAL, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS, THEIR USE AS MEDICAMENTS AND THE INTERMEDIATE PRODUCTS NECESSARY FOR THEIR PREPARATION

Publications (4)

Publication Number Publication Date
DK7584D0 DK7584D0 (en) 1984-01-09
DK7584A DK7584A (en) 1984-07-11
DK164404B true DK164404B (en) 1992-06-22
DK164404C DK164404C (en) 1992-11-09

Family

ID=9284799

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
DK007584A DK164404C (en) 1983-01-10 1984-01-09 3-AMINO-2-OXO-AZETIDIN DERIVATIVES, ANALOGUE PROCEDURES FOR PREPARING THEREOF, AND MEDICINES CONTAINING THE DERIVATIVES

Country Status (11)

Country Link
EP (1) EP0114128B1 (en)
JP (2) JPS59130862A (en)
AT (1) ATE41661T1 (en)
CA (1) CA1244034A (en)
DE (1) DE3477382D1 (en)
DK (1) DK164404C (en)
ES (1) ES8407046A1 (en)
FR (1) FR2539128A1 (en)
GR (1) GR79459B (en)
IE (1) IE56521B1 (en)
PT (1) PT77939B (en)

Families Citing this family (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0649696B2 (en) * 1983-07-04 1994-06-29 富山化学工業株式会社 Novel azetidinone derivative and its salts
AU581180B2 (en) * 1983-08-26 1989-02-16 E.R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. 1-(1h-tetrazol-5-ylalkoxy)-2-azetidinones
JPH075592B2 (en) * 1984-06-25 1995-01-25 富山化学工業株式会社 Novel azetidinone derivative and its salt
JPH07108907B2 (en) * 1984-06-25 1995-11-22 富山化学工業株式会社 Novel azetidinone derivative or salt thereof
FR2582308B1 (en) * 1985-05-22 1987-10-09 Roussel Uclaf NOVEL 3-AMINO 2-OXOAZETIDINE DERIVATIVES COMPRISING IN POSITION 1 A TETRAZOLYL RADICAL SUBSTITUTED BY A CLAVABLE ORGANIC RADICAL, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS AND THEIR APPLICATION AS MEDICAMENTS
FR2585021B2 (en) * 1985-07-18 1989-05-19 Roussel Uclaf NOVEL 3-AMINO 2-OXOAZETIDINONE DERIVATIVES COMPRISING, IN POSITION 1, A NITROGEN HETEROCYCLIC RADICAL, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS AND THEIR APPLICATION AS MEDICAMENTS
EP0344197B1 (en) * 1987-02-11 1991-08-14 The Upjohn Company Novel n-1 substituted beta-lactams as antibiotics
US5006650A (en) * 1987-02-11 1991-04-09 The Upjohn Company Novel N-1 substituted beta-lactams as antibiotics
AU600094B2 (en) * 1987-02-27 1990-08-02 Upjohn Company, The Antibiotic 2- azetidinones have pyrid -4- one 2-yl- carbonylamino-1-imidazolid-2-one-3-yl sulfonylaminocarbonyl groups at N-1
WO1989000569A1 (en) * 1987-07-22 1989-01-26 The Upjohn Company THERAPEUTICALLY USEFUL beta-LACTAMS
US5015737A (en) * 1987-07-22 1991-05-14 The Upjohn Company Therapeutically useful beta-lactams
CN103012316B (en) * 2012-11-29 2015-03-25 浙江工业大学 N-4-methyl-1,2,3-thiadiazole-4-acyl-N-substituted 1,3,4-thiadiazole thiourea derivative and preparation method and application thereof

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3468874A (en) * 1967-04-10 1969-09-23 R & L Molecular Research Ltd 6 - tetrazolylacetamido penicillanic and 7-tetrazolylacetamido cephalosporanic acids
US4186131A (en) * 1977-04-21 1980-01-29 Mead Johnson & Company Phenyltetrazolyloxy propanolamines
DE2946432A1 (en) * 1979-11-17 1981-06-11 Bayer Ag, 5090 Leverkusen TETRAZOLYLOXYCARBONIC ACID AMIDES, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF AND THEIR USE AS HERBICIDES
WO1982001873A1 (en) * 1980-12-05 1982-06-10 Takeda Chemical Industries Ltd 1-sulfo-2-oxoazetidine derivatives and process for their preparation
JPS588060A (en) * 1981-06-29 1983-01-18 イ−・ア−ル・スクイブ・アンド・サンズ・インコ−ポレイテツド Arylthioazetidinone sulfonates

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
DK7584A (en) 1984-07-11
FR2539128A1 (en) 1984-07-13
IE56521B1 (en) 1991-08-28
DK164404C (en) 1992-11-09
JPH0480912B2 (en) 1992-12-21
PT77939B (en) 1986-06-18
EP0114128B1 (en) 1989-03-22
PT77939A (en) 1984-02-01
DE3477382D1 (en) 1989-04-27
IE840036L (en) 1984-07-10
JPH0678336B2 (en) 1994-10-05
ES528742A0 (en) 1984-08-16
DK7584D0 (en) 1984-01-09
EP0114128A1 (en) 1984-07-25
ATE41661T1 (en) 1989-04-15
GR79459B (en) 1984-10-30
ES8407046A1 (en) 1984-08-16
JPH03163076A (en) 1991-07-15
FR2539128B1 (en) 1985-05-03
CA1244034A (en) 1988-11-01
JPS59130862A (en) 1984-07-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CA2637024C (en) Substituted imidazole derivatives, compositions, and methods of use as ptpase inhibitors
WO2005118573A1 (en) Novel diazepine compounds as ligands of the melanocortin 1 and/or 4 receptors
DE60209341T2 (en) Cephem CONNECTIONS
GB2111482A (en) Azetidine medicaments
LU86611A1 (en) 2-OXO-1 - (((SULFONYL SUBSTITUTE) AMINO) -CARBONYL) AZETIDINES
DK164404B (en) 3-AMINO-2-OXO-AZETIDIN DERIVATIVES, ANALOGUE PROCEDURES FOR PREPARING THEREOF, AND MEDICINES CONTAINING THE DERIVATIVES
DD213919A5 (en) PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF BETA-LACTAM DERIVATIVES
NO329899B1 (en) Propionic acid derivatives that inhibit the binding of integrins to their receptors, pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds, and the use of the compounds in the manufacture of drugs
EP0096296A2 (en) 1-Sulfo-2-oxoazetidine derivatives
EP0073061A2 (en) Optically uniform beta-lactams, their preparation and use in the preparation of antimicrobial beta-lactams, and starting compounds for use in their preparation
EP0096297A2 (en) Process for the preparation of 1-sulfo-2-oxoazetidine derivatives
DE2936434A1 (en) CEPHEMIC COMPOUNDS, METHOD FOR THEIR PRODUCTION, THEIR PHARMACEUTICAL AGENTS AND THEIR THERAPEUTIC USE FOR THE TREATMENT OF INFECTIOUS DISEASES IN HUMAN AND ANIMALS
KR20040091111A (en) Novel arylamidine derivative or salt thereof
DK161832B (en) METHOD OF ANALOGUE FOR THE PREPARATION OF 1-SULFO-2-AZETIDINE UNDERIVATIVES OR PHARMACEUTICAL ACCEPTABLE SALTS OR ESTERS THEREOF
PL140023B1 (en) Process for preparing novel derivatives of 7-/(z)-2-/2-aminothiazolyl-4/-2-oxyiminoacetamide/-3-cephemo-4-carboxylic acid
FR2928150A1 (en) NOVEL 7-SUBSTITUTED 3-CARBOXY-OXADIAZINO-QUINOLONES DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION AND APPLICATION AS ANTI-BACTERIANS
LU85021A1 (en) ANTIBIOTIC CARBAPENEM DERIVATIVES
JP4149172B2 (en) Carboxylic acid derivatives that inhibit the binding of integrins to receptors
DE60130922T2 (en) Peptides with inhibiting activity for the production of nitric oxide
FR2553418A1 (en) ACID DERIVATIVES (OXO CARBONAMIDO HETEROCYCLIC) CEPHEM CARBOXYLIC WITH ANTIBACTERIAL PROPERTIES
EP0292923A2 (en) Piperidine compounds and pharmaceutical uses thereof
DD251131A5 (en) PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF NEW TRISUBSTITUTED AZACYCLOALKANES BZW. AZACYCLOALKENE
US4900728A (en) Novel 3-amino-2-oxo-azetidine-1-sulfonic acids
DE2911787A1 (en) CEPHALOSPORIN DERIVATIVES AND THEIR SALT AND THE PROCESS FOR THEIR PRODUCTION
US5057512A (en) 3-amino-2-oxo-azetidine-1-sulfonic acids

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PBP Patent lapsed